UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒☒
☐☐
Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the year ended December 31, 2020
or
Commission File Number: 001-36715
NEVRO CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
56-2568057
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
1800 Bridge Parkway
Redwood City, California 94065
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(650) 251-0005
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol
NVRO
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Name of exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
☒
☐
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting
under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant was approximately $4,009 million based on the closing sale price for the registrant’s common stock on The New York Stock Exchange on that date of $119.47 per share.
As of February 16, 2021, there were 34,624,444 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated
herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
NEVRO CORP.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Page No.
1
28
69
69
69
69
70
72
72
88
89
127
127
128
129
129
129
129
129
130
137
138
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
PART I
We are a global medical device company focused on providing innovative products that improve the quality of life of patients suffering from chronic
pain. We have developed and commercialized the Senza® spinal cord stimulation (SCS) system, an evidence-based neuromodulation platform for the treatment of
chronic pain, with the Senza® Omnia™ platform being our latest addition to the Senza family of products. Our proprietary paresthesia-free HF10 therapy,
delivered by our Senza system, was demonstrated in our SENZA-RCT study to be superior to traditional SCS therapy, with HF10 therapy being nearly twice as
successful in treating back pain and 1.5 times as successful in treating leg pain when compared to traditional SCS therapy. Our SENZA-RCT study, along with our
European studies, represents what we believe is the most robust body of clinical evidence for any SCS therapy. We believe the superiority of HF10 therapy over
traditional SCS therapies will allow us to capitalize on and expand the approximately $2.5 billion, pre-COVID-19 pandemic, global SCS market by treating both
back and leg pain without paresthesia.
We launched Senza commercially in the United States in May 2015, after receiving a label from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) supporting
the superiority of our HF10 therapy over traditional SCS. The Senza system has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010
and in Australia since August 2011. We have experienced significant revenue growth in the United States since commercial launch. Senza is currently reimbursed
by all of the major insurance providers. In early 2017, we initiated the launch of our surgical lead, marketed as the Surpass™ surgical lead, which is now widely
available in the United States, certain European countries and Australia. In January 2018, we received FDA approval of our next generation Senza II SCS system,
which later gained CE Mark and TGA approval in Australia. In late 2019, we received FDA approval of our latest generation product platform, Senza Omnia,
which we have recently commercially launched in the United States. In 2020, we also received approval for Senza Omnia in Europe and Australia, and the product
has been launched in those geographies. Senza Omnia’s key innovation is enhanced programming versatility, as it delivers our proprietary HF10 therapy, but is
also capable of offering other frequencies, either individually or paired with other waveforms. Senza’s frequency range includes the broadest mix of waveform
types available in the industry. We believe versatility in programming is a key factor in physician product selection because it enables physicians to address a
diverse patient population. The approval of Senza Omnia also includes an improved clinician programmer, patient remote control and patient charger. In 2020, we
also launched our Surpass-C surgical lead, a compact version of our Surpass surgical lead, in the United States, for which we expect to receive approvals in Europe
and Australia in 2021.
The tables below set forth our revenue from U.S. and international sales the past three years on a quarterly basis and total revenue for each of the past five
years.
Revenue from:
U.S. sales
International sales
Total revenue
Revenue from:
U.S. sales
International sales
Total revenue
Q1
2018
Q2
2018
Q3
2018
Q4
2018
Q1
2019
Q2
2019
Q3
2019
Q4
2019
Q1
2020
Q2
2020
Q3 2020
Q4 2020
(in millions)
$ 70.6 $ 79.9 $ 79.6 $ 91.6 $ 65.8 $ 78.1 $ 84.2 $ 97.9 $ 75.3 $ 51.0 $ 90.9 $ 94.6
15.1
$ 87.6 $ 96.1 $ 95.6 $ 107.9 $ 82.1 $ 93.6 $ 100.2 $ 114.4 $ 87.5 $ 56.4 $ 108.5 $ 109.7
17.5
16.0
16.3
16.5
12.2
15.5
16.3
17.0
16.2
16.0
5.4
2016
2017
2018
(in millions)
2019
2020
$
$
173.3 $
55.2
228.5 $
263.5 $
63.2
326.7 $
321.8 $
65.5
387.3 $
326.0 $
64.3
390.3 $
311.9
50.2
362.0
The 2019 global market for SCS therapy was estimated to be approximately $2.5 billion. Throughout 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted
the global SCS therapy market, which we estimate decreased by approximately 15% to 20%. We believe the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS
therapies will allow us to capitalize on the addressable trunk and limb chronic pain market, which is estimated to be approximately 19%
1
penetrated in the United States, as well as expand the SCS market by treating other pain-related indications, such as painful diabetic neuropathy and non-surgical
refractory back pain, among others. The United States represents approximately 80% of this global market due in part to governmental reimbursement restraints in
international markets. We believe that due to factors such as an aging population and an increasing number of failed back surgeries, there is continuing opportunity
for an SCS therapy that effectively treats back pain to increase the size of the existing SCS market over time.
We believe that we will continue to both take share of and expand the SCS therapy market due to the unique benefits of HF10 therapy, as well as the broad
therapy versatility of our product platform. HF10 therapy is paresthesia-free therapy and has demonstrated superior efficacy when compared to traditional SCS
therapies. Traditional SCS therapy generates paresthesia, a sensation typically experienced as tingling, numbness and buzzing, which overlaps the pain area.
Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable. Compared to traditional SCS therapy which typically operates at 50 Hz to 60 Hz, HF10 therapy
delivers spinal cord stimulation at a lower amplitude and a higher frequency waveform of 10,000 Hz. In addition, HF10 therapy relies on consistent anatomical
placement of the stimulation leads across patients, thus reducing procedure variability relative to traditional SCS therapy which requires individualized lead
placement to properly map paresthesia coverage. We believe the ability of HF10 therapy to deliver pain relief without paresthesia provides a substantial benefit
over traditional SCS therapy to patients and physicians. However, despite its shortcomings traditional SCS therapy has a long track record of safety and, together
with our product platform, can be made available to the subgroup of patients who do not receive adequate relief with HF10 therapy alone.
We believe the clinical results from our SENZA-RCT study, along with our European studies, position us with superior and compelling efficacy data. The
following charts provide a comparison of HF10 therapy in both pain reduction and responder rates against the other prospective Level 1 studies conducted.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Al-Kaisy A, et. al. Sustained effectiveness of 10 kHz high-frequency spinal cord stimulation for patients with chronic, low back pain: 24-month results of a prospective multicenter study. Pain Med. 2014;15:347-354. Internal data on file.
Kapural, Leonardo et. al. Novel 10-kHz High-frequency Therapy (HF10 Therapy) Is Superior to Traditional Low-frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for the Treatment of Chronic Back and Leg Pain: The SENZA-RCT Randomized Controlled
Trial. Anesthesiology Vol. 123 No 4. October 2015.
Kumar K et al., Spinal cord stimulation versus conventional medical management for neuropathic pain: A multicentre randomised controlled trial in patients with failed back surgery syndrome, Pain (2007), doi:10.1016/j.pain.2007.07.028. 6-
month data shown.
St. Jude Medical Proclaim™ Implantable Pulse Generator Clinician's Manual, Models 3660, 3662, 3665, 3667. Published on www.sjm.com October 2016.
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Al-Kaisy A, et. al. Sustained effectiveness of 10 kHz high-frequency spinal cord stimulation for patients with chronic, low back pain: 24-month results of a prospective multicenter study. Pain Med. 2014;15:347-354. Internal data on file.
Kapural, Leonardo et. al. Novel 10-kHz High-frequency Therapy (HF10 Therapy) Is Superior to Traditional Low-frequency Spinal Cord Stimulation for the Treatment of Chronic Back and Leg Pain: The SENZA-RCT Randomized Controlled
Trial. Anesthesiology Vol. 123 No 4. October 2015.
Kumar K et al., Spinal cord stimulation versus conventional medical management for neuropathic pain: A multicentre randomised controlled trial in patients with failed back surgery syndrome, Pain (2007), doi:10.1016/j.pain.2007.07.028. 6-
month data shown.
St. Jude Medical Proclaim™ Implantable Pulse Generator Clinician's Manual, Models 3660, 3662, 3665, 3667. Published on www.sjm.com October 2016.
We believe we have built competitive advantages through our proprietary technology, clinical evidence base, strong track record of execution with
approximately 70,000 patients implanted with Senza systems, extensive intellectual property and a proven management team with substantial medical device
experience. With the well-demonstrated superior efficacy of our HF10 therapy, we aim to continue to drive adoption and penetration in the U.S. market, which
represents the largest opportunity in SCS, and expand patient access to HF10 therapy by investing in the development of evidence for new indications such as
chronic painful neuropathies (including painful diabetic neuropathy) and non-surgical refractory back pain. On this front, we initiated two randomized controlled
trials in 2018, SENZA-PDN and SENZA-NSRBP, which are evaluating HF10 therapy for the treatment of painful diabetic neuropathy and non-surgical refractory
back pain, respectively.
The SENZA-PDN study is one of the largest randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in the field of spinal cord stimulation with 216 randomized
patients. The study is evaluating HF10 therapy among patients diagnosed with painful diabetic neuropathy (PDN) and refractory to conventional medical
management (CMM). Patients were randomized one to one to CMM alone or CMM with HF10 therapy. We presented the complete six-month and preliminary
twelve-month data in January 2021 at the North American Neuromodulation Society (NANS) conference. The primary outcome was a composite endpoint of
safety and efficacy, specifically including greater than or equal to 50% pain relief and no worsening in neurological deficit versus the baseline. 86% of patients in
the HF10 therapy plus CMM arm met the three-month endpoint, compared with 5% in the CMM only arm. At six months, patients in the HF10 therapy plus CMM
arm had a response rate of 85%, compared with 5% in the CMM only arm. Patients in the SENZA-PDN study will be followed for 24 months. In December 2020,
we submitted a pre-market approval supplement to the FDA, seeking approval to add a specific PDN indication to our labeling based on complete data from the 6-
month follow-up. The study continues such that future follow-ups will be utilized for publication and expanded reimbursement payor coverage.
Additionally, at the 2021 NANS conference we presented our three-month primary endpoint data of SENZA-NSRBP study, which includes patients with
chronic back pain but, based on an assessment from a spine surgeon, are not surgical candidates. The study compares patients receiving HF10 therapy plus CMM
to patients receiving CMM alone. At the three-month primary endpoint patients who received HF10 therapy plus CMM had a response rate of 80.9% compared to
1.3% for the CMM alone group. Similar to the SENZA-PDN study, we plan to use the 6-month follow-up data from the SENZA-NSRBP study to seek FDA
approval for a specific NSRBP indication to treat back
3
pain in appropriate patients that are not surgical candidates. Forthcoming data from the 12-month follow-up will be utilized for publications and to seek expanded
payor coverage for this patient cohort.
Market Overview
Existing Treatments for Chronic Pain and Limitations
Chronic pain has been defined as pain that lasts longer than the time required for tissues to heal, which is often considered to be three months. Patients
who present with chronic pain are typically placed on a treatment progression plan. Initial medical management typically includes behavioral modification,
exercise, physical therapy and over-the-counter analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. When early stage medical management is not sufficient for
the treatment of chronic leg and back pain, patients may progress to interventional techniques including steroid injections or nerve blocks. Patients who do not
respond to these more conservative treatments are considered candidates for more advanced therapies. These more advanced therapies include spine surgery,
treatment with oral opioids and SCS. Spine surgery, while a common invasive procedure, can result in complications such as Failed Back Surgery Syndrome
(FBSS) a condition where pain persists despite the procedure, and spinal surgery often fails to treat certain types of chronic pain such as severe neuropathic back
pain. Oral opioids, while reducing the patient’s perception of pain, lack clinical evidence to support long-term usage and can cause multiple complications and
side-effects including nausea, vomiting and dizziness. Further, opioids present a high risk of addiction and abuse.
Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation and Limitations
SCS is a type of neuromodulation technology that utilizes an implantable, pacemaker-like device to deliver electrical impulses to the spinal cord to treat
chronic pain. Traditional SCS therapy is designed to induce paresthesia, a sensation typically experienced as tingling, numbness and buzzing, which overlaps the
area of pain with the intent of masking pain perception. The electrical pulses are delivered by small electrodes on leads that are placed near the spinal cord and are
connected to a battery-powered generator implanted under the skin. Traditional SCS therapy is currently indicated as a treatment for chronic pain of the trunk and
limbs in patients who failed conventional medical management. Traditional SCS therapy is considered to be a minimally invasive and reversible therapy that may
provide greater long-term benefits over more invasive surgical approaches or opioids. The most common use for traditional SCS therapy is for neuropathic pain
conditions such as FBSS.
Traditional SCS therapy generally consists of two phases, an evaluation period, also called the trial period, which typically lasts several days, followed by a
permanent implant for those patients who experience a successful trial period. The trial period involves a percutaneously placed insulated wire, called a lead, which
a physician implants near the spinal cord using a needle. During the trial period, a temporary external system is used by patients and physicians for evaluating
whether traditional SCS therapy is effective. If the trial period is successful, a permanent system is implanted in the patient. The success criterion is typically an
approximate 50% reduction in pain during the evaluation period. For those patients that proceed to the permanent implant procedure, we believe that approximately
30% to 40% of U.S. procedures are completed using surgical leads and the remaining are completed using percutaneous leads.
A key part of the permanent system is the implantable pulse generator (IPG) which is a miniaturized version of the external stimulator. The IPG should
provide the patient with multiple years of use and can be either rechargeable or non-rechargeable. Due to payor constraints in certain European countries, the
transition from primary cell IPGs to rechargeable IPGs has been slow in those markets. In the United States and Australia, the majority of IPGs implanted are
rechargeable.
Traditional SCS products have required paresthesia to provide pain relief, and consequently, paresthesia coverage has been used as a surrogate metric for
successful pain relief. Paresthesia is often considered unpleasant or uncomfortable and is sometimes made worse by a shocking or jolting sensation with changes in
posture. Unpleasant sensations can be caused by lead movement closer to the spinal cord or away from it as the patient moves, resulting in variation in paresthesia
intensity. Paresthesia is also a constant reminder of the patient’s chronic condition. Due to the distraction of paresthesia, patients with traditional SCS devices are
instructed not to drive or operate machinery when the device is active. Medtronic plc (Medtronic) has released a survey showing that 71% of patients find
paresthesia uncomfortable at times. As such, innovation in the SCS market has historically focused on technologies
4
that optimize traditional SCS therapy’s ability to create more precise paresthesia fields. Even with successful paresthesia coverage, patients still may not receive
pain relief or often lose pain relief after a period of time.
Traditional SCS procedures also require physicians to perform the complex and often time-consuming process of paresthesia mapping. This mapping
process requires a patient to be sedated for the lead placement, then awakened and repeatedly questioned in order for the physician to assess paresthesia coverage
over the patient’s area of pain and reposition and reprogram the leads to redirect the paresthesia. This process creates variability in the procedure and a complicated
anesthesia management process, impacting the physician’s schedule and patient comfort. The primary objective of traditional SCS therapy is to create a stimulation
program that covers the areas of pain without creating paresthesia beyond the pain areas, given that this can be uncomfortable and difficult to tolerate.
Traditional SCS technology involves the delivery of low frequency electrical impulses, or waveforms, to the spinal cord. Recent developments in
traditional SCS have resulted in alternative waveforms, some of which are variations of low frequency waveforms at sub-threshold amplitudes aimed at reducing
the reliance on paresthesia. For example, Abbott Laboratories has developed a SCS system that offers an alternate low frequency waveform called
BurstDR. Medtronic is promoting a programming approach called DTM™ (Differential Target Multiplexed) which involves frequencies up to 1,200 Hz.
Additionally, Boston Scientific is now offering sub-threshold therapy at frequencies below 1.2 kHz.
Our Solution for Chronic Pain
HF10 Therapy
Our HF10 therapy is designed to deliver innovative neuromodulation solutions for treating chronic pain based on what we believe to be the best clinical
evidence available. By overcoming many of the limitations of traditional SCS therapy, our HF10 therapy offers superior efficacy for patients and provides
significant advantages to physicians and hospitals. We believe the advantages of our proprietary HF10 therapy over traditional SCS include:
•
•
•
•
Demonstrated superior efficacy data for both leg and back pain: In our SENZA-RCT pivotal study, HF10 therapy was demonstrated to provide
significant and sustained back pain relief in addition to leg pain relief. HF10 therapy was shown in both number of patients that respond and in
treatment efficacy to be superior to traditional SCS therapy as it was nearly twice as successful in treating back pain and 1.5 times as successful in
treating leg pain. Our SENZA-RCT study, along with the previously completed European studies, represent what we believe is the most robust
body of clinical evidence for any SCS therapy. We believe that the superior efficacy results and robust data provided in our pivotal clinical trials
will drive increased adoption of our HF10 therapy among patients, payors and providers and may enable us to gain significant market share in the
approximately $2.5 billion global SCS market (before the COVID-19 pandemic). In addition, we believe our efficacy data in back pain will allow
us to expand the SCS market under current reimbursement regimes by meeting demand from back pain patients who are largely untreated by
traditional SCS therapies.
Paresthesia free pain relief for patients: HF10 therapy offers the notable benefit to patients of achieving significant and sustained pain relief
without paresthesia, thus enabling our patients to avoid the uncomfortable shocking or jolting sensations commonly associated with paresthesia,
and removing a major barrier for many patients who may otherwise benefit from SCS therapy.
Anatomical lead placement for physicians. Since HF10 therapy relies on consistent anatomical lead placement, it removes the cumbersome
process of paresthesia mapping that is required by traditional SCS therapy, reducing variability in the operating procedure and offering a
significant benefit to both physicians and hospitals by reducing variability of procedures.
Ability to treat a broader group of chronic pain patients: Our HF10 therapy is a platform technology that we believe can provide treatment
benefits for a broader group of chronic pain indications. We are currently investigating the use of HF10 therapy to address chronic pain conditions
such as chronic upper limb and neck pain, painful neuropathies and non-surgical refractory back pain. Based on analysis from our SENZA-RCT
and European studies, we believe HF10 therapy may be an attractive treatment option for some non-surgical refractory back pain patients. Due to
the removal of paresthesia, we believe HF10 may also be an effective therapy for patients with chronic upper limb and neck pain as it does not
create
5
the intense discomfort that traditional SCS generates for patients with chronic upper limb and neck pain when leads are placed in the cervical
spine.
Our Growth Strategy
Our mission is to be the neuromodulation leader in the treatment of chronic pain by developing innovative, evidence-based solutions. To accomplish this
objective we intend to:
•
•
•
•
•
Earn market share through a successful launch of Senza Omnia: Senza Omnia offers the most versatile platform in SCS as it includes the
broadest frequency range, the most waveform capabilities and the unique ability to offer HF10 therapy. In 2021, we will continue to expand our
commercialization of Omnia and continue to position Omnia as the most versatile product available in the market, and we believe that it will have
broad appeal to clinicians offering SCS.
Expand the existing SCS market by treating back pain: We believe we are expanding the existing SCS market by delivering a system that
provides meaningful treatment for chronic back pain, which we believe represents a significant opportunity in the global SCS market. With
traditional SCS therapy, patients who experience predominant back pain are often associated with lower levels of treatment success. Consequently,
patients with back pain are typically not recommended for treatment with traditional SCS therapy due to the difficulty of achieving and
maintaining pain coverage. In contrast to traditional SCS therapy, we believe HF10 therapy is positioned to help continue expanding the existing
SCS market by effectively treating back pain in addition to leg pain.
Communicate the clinically demonstrated, superior efficacy of HF10 therapy to patients, physicians and payors globally: Given our robust
clinical evidence that demonstrates the superior efficacy of our HF10 therapy, we believe we will be able to position our therapy with patients,
providers and payors in a differentiated way. Given that our SENZA-RCT pivotal study has demonstrated superiority for both back and leg pain in
a head-to-head comparison with traditional SCS, we are able to differentiate HF10 therapy by communicating its superior clinical benefits and
advantages to patients, physicians and payors.
Invest in research and development to drive innovation: We are extending our novel and proprietary technologies into a series of product
enhancements with the goal of improving the treatment of chronic pain. We also expect to continue developing enhancements to Senza to further
increase performance and introduce new benefits including next generation IPGs, enhanced software, updated accessories and enhanced MRI
capabilities. We believe that further product enhancements if and when completed will drive continued adoption of our technology platform and
further validate the advantages and benefits of our HF10 therapy.
Scale our business to achieve cost and production efficiencies: We plan to improve the efficiency of our third-party manufacturing processes,
which we believe will lower our per unit manufacturing cost. We expect to continue to scale our manufacturing operations as we expand Senza
sales volumes in the United States. For example, in the third quarter of 2020, we made the strategic decision to vertically integrate the assembly of
IPG’s, peripherals and various other manufacturing related activities to mitigate our reliance on third-party manufacturers and improve our long-
term gross margins. We plan on conducting these manufacturing activities in a facility in Costa Rica. The integration process is expected to be
completed in 2022. Even after this integration process is completed, we expect that we will continue to rely on third-party manufacturers to
provide key components to support the assembly process. We may incur significant capital expenditures and implementation costs to initiate the
manufacturing operations in Costa Rica.
Growth Opportunities in Other Chronic Pain Indications
We plan to use our platform technology to generate evidence on HF10 therapy for use in other chronic pain indications, including chronic non-surgical
refractory back pain, and painful neuropathies. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in generating evidence for HF10 therapy in other indications
or in receiving additional regulatory approvals and reimbursement coverage to promote Senza and HF10 therapy for use in other indications. Below are two areas
where preliminary results have been promising:
6
Non-Surgical Back Pain
One of the most common uses for SCS is for neuropathic pain conditions such as FBSS. The incidence of patients that will develop FBSS following
lumbar spinal surgery is estimated to be within the range of 10% to 40%. However, in addition to having applicability for treating FBSS patients, there is a
potential for SCS to provide benefit for patients suffering from chronic pain who are not surgical candidates. HF10 therapy could provide an attractive treatment
option for these patients, as a subset analysis of non-surgical patients from our SENZA-RCT and European studies, respectively, found a decrease in back pain
VAS scores from 7.2 to 2.6 (12 months, n=12) and 8.1 to 3.4 (24 months, n=14), as well as a decrease in leg pain VAS scores from 7.2 to 2.8 (12 months, n=12)
and 7.4 to 2.3 (24 months, n=11). More recent results in patients who were not candidates for major spine surgery and treated with HF10 therapy in a study led by
Dr. Adnan Al-Kaisy demonstrated similar promising results. In this study, patients experienced reduced back pain VAS and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI)
scores from baseline of 87% and 63% respectively at 36 months (n=17). In addition to pain reduction and reduced disability, a reduction in opioid use was
observed with 90% of the patients using opioids at the start of the study compared to 12% at the end of the study. The results of this study led to the initiation of the
SENZA-NSRBP RCT, which compares HF10 therapy delivered in conjunction with conventional medical management (CMM) to CMM alone in non-surgical
refractory back pain (NSRBP) patients. At the 2021 NANS conference, we presented our three-month primary endpoint data of SENZA-NSRBP study. The study
compares patients receiving HF10 therapy plus CMM to patients receiving CMM alone, among those suffering from chronic back pain who are not surgical
candidates based upon an assessment from a spine surgeon. At the three-month primary endpoint patients who received HF10 therapy plus CMM had a response
rate of 80.9% compared to 1.3% for the CMM alone group.
Painful Neuropathies
The American Chronic Pain Association estimates that more than 15 million people in the United States and Europe have some degree of neuropathic pain.
More than two out of every 100 people are estimated to have peripheral neuropathy, with the incidence rate increasing to eight in every 100 for people aged 55 or
older. The diminished quality of life and increased disability associated with peripheral neuropathy results in significant workforce and healthcare costs. Various
treatments currently exist, but have limited efficacy. As such, we have initiated an initial study to determine if HF10 therapy could help this patient group. Results
of a prospective, multicenter feasibility study treating chronic intractable pain of the limbs from peripheral polyneuropathy using HF10 therapy demonstrated a
decrease in mean VAS pain score from 7.5 at baseline (N=18) to 1.9 at three months post-implant (the primary endpoint), 2.8 at twelve months and 1.4 at twenty-
four months. Subject deemed responders was 78% at three months, 69% at twelve months and 88% at twenty-four months (presented at NANS in January 2019).
The results from this study led to the initiation of the SENZA-PDN RCT.
In 2020, we presented the preliminary outcome data from SENZA-PDN which demonstrated greater than or equal to 50% pain relief and no worsening in
neurological deficit versus baseline was achieved, with 86% of patients in the HF10 therapy plus CMM arm reaching the endpoint, compared with 5% in the CMM
only arm at three months. At the 2021 NANS conference, we presented the six-month data, which showed that patients in the HF10 therapy plus CMM arm had a
response rate of 85%, compared with 5% in the CMM only arm. The response rate and level of pain relief was maintained through twelve months in the HF10 plus
CMM arm.
Clinical Data
To support development of our proprietary HF10 therapy, the technology was evaluated in preclinical studies and further studied in prospective clinical
trials, some of which have been published. Key highlights of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study are as follows:
•
•
Our SENZA-RCT study results demonstrated the superiority of HF10 therapy to traditional SCS therapy on all primary and secondary endpoints
through 24 months.
HF10 therapy was nearly twice as successful in treating back pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 84.3% of patients receiving HF10 therapy
reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, as compared to 43.8% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy. The superiority of HF10
therapy for treating back pain was maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the study.
7
•
•
•
•
•
•
HF10 therapy was 1.5 times as successful in treating leg pain as traditional SCS therapy, with 83.1% of patients receiving HF10 therapy, as
compared to 55.5% of patients receiving traditional SCS therapy, reporting 50% or more pain relief at three months, results that were superior. The
superiority of HF10 therapy for treating leg pain was maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the study.
HF10 therapy provided a 69.2% reduction in back pain as measured by VAS, versus 44.2% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months, results
that were superior. The superiority of HF10 therapy for reducing back pain was maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the
study. HF10 therapy provided a 72.8% reduction in leg pain as measured by VAS, versus 51.5% for traditional SCS therapy, at three months,
results that were superior. The superiority of HF10 therapy for reducing leg pain was maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the
study. Superiority of HF10 therapy to traditional SCS therapy demonstrated for both back and leg pain at each designated study endpoint
throughout 24 months.
Patients receiving HF10 therapy did not report paresthesia or uncomfortable stimulation at three months. In comparison, 46.5% of patients
receiving traditional SCS therapy reported uncomfortable stimulation at three months.
Two-thirds of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for back pain at three months (which
we define as achieving remitter status), which is nearly twice the number of traditional SCS therapy patients (35%) with a VAS pain score of less
than or equal to 2.5, results that were statistically superior. The superiority of HF10 therapy for achieving remitter status for back pain was
maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the study.
Two-thirds of HF10 therapy patients had a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5 on a scale of 0 to 10 for leg pain at three months, a much
greater number than traditional SCS therapy patients (40%) with a VAS pain score of less than or equal to 2.5, results that were statistically
superior. The superiority of HF10 therapy for achieving remitter status for leg pain was maintained through the 24-month follow-up period of the
study.
Safety outcomes were consistent across the treatment groups, with the exception of uncomfortable paresthesia in traditional SCS patients, which
was not in HF10 therapy patients.
The results from the clinical studies have been consistent across studies and across outcome measures. Our initial prospective multicenter European clinical
study (the EU study) were consistent with our subsequent findings in our prospective, comparative, randomized, controlled U.S. pivotal study (SENZA-RCT
study). In the two-year follow up of the EU study, average back pain VAS was reduced from 8.4 at baseline to 2.8 at 12 months to 3.3 at 24 months. Average leg
pain was reduced from 5.4 VAS pain level at baseline to 2.0 at 12 months to 2.3 at 24 months. Additionally, for responder rates, 60% of the implanted patients had
at least 50% back pain relief and 71% had at least 50% leg pain relief. Disability as measured by Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) improved by an average of 15
points at 24 months, a clinically and statistically significant improvement. The following table summarizes key outcomes for implanted subjects in our EU and
SENZA-RCT studies.
8
Back pain responders
HF10 therapy (%)
Traditional SCS (%)
Superiority p-value
Leg pain responders
HF10 therapy (%)
Traditional SCS (%)
Superiority p-value
Back pain reduction from Baseline
HF10 therapy (%)
Traditional SCS (%)
Superiority p-value
Leg pain reduction from Baseline
HF10 therapy (%)
Traditional SCS (%)
Superiority p-value
Month 3
Month 6
Month 12
Month 24
EU
82.9
82.9
71.3
75.3
EU
73.6
86.0
67.7
73.4
RCT
84.3
43.8
<0.001
83.1
55.0
<0.001
69.2
44.2
<0.001
72.8
51.5
<0.001
RCT
76.4
52.5
0.001
80.9
55.0
<0.001
62.4
44.3
<0.001
66.9
49.9
0.002
EU
70.1
65.0
64.9
61.6
RCT
78.7
51.3
<0.001
80.9
50
<0.001
66.4
44.7
<0.001
69.5
48.0
<0.001
EU
60.0
71.1
59.6
61.6
RCT
76.5
49.3
<0.001
72.9
49.3
<0.001
66.9
41.1
<0.001
65.1
46.0
0.002
Our SENZA-RCT pivotal study was a prospective, randomized, multi-center study, conducted across 11 U.S. clinical trial sites, comparing the safety and
effectiveness of Senza delivering HF10 therapy, which we refer to as the test to Boston Scientific’s FDA-approved Precision Plus system, delivering traditional
SCS therapy, which we refer to as the control. Each included patient was required to have a leg and back pain VAS score of at least 5. Among the 198 chronic pain
patients who were randomized for treatments, 171 had a successful therapy evaluation phase, or trial phase, and were implanted with an SCS system. The study
was designed as a non-inferiority trial and met its primary and secondary endpoints. Statistical analysis also demonstrated the superior efficacy of HF10 therapy
over traditional SCS therapy for all primary and secondary endpoints.
The 12-month outcomes for HF10 therapy in our SENZA-RCT pivotal study were published in Anesthesiology and are consistent with the outcomes from
our European clinical study, the two year results of which have been published in the Pain Medicine journal of the American Academy of Pain Medicine. The 24-
month SENZA-RCT results were presented in December 2015 at the annual meeting of the North American Neuromodulation Society, showing sustained
superiority of HF10 therapy compared with traditional SCS in treating both back and leg pain over the 24-month follow-up period. The 24-month outcomes in our
SENZA-RCT pivotal study were published in Neurosurgery.
Patients with chronic pain are generally classified by physicians based on the location of their pain, for example whether their worst pain is predominant
back, predominant leg, mixed back and leg, upper limb, neck or other. The adoption of SCS to date has been driven primarily by the treatment of patients whose
worst pain is in their legs and for whom other treatment approaches have failed. We believe that broader utilization of traditional SCS therapy has been restrained
by the lack of prospective randomized clinical evidence supporting SCS broadly and, in particular, demonstrating an ability to treat back pain.
Safety Data (EU and RCT Studies)
Safety results of our SENZA-RCT pivotal study were generally consistent between the test and control groups. Study-related serious adverse events
(SAEs) occurred in 4.0% of HF10 therapy subjects (n=4) compared with 7.2% of traditional SCS therapy subjects (n=7; p = 0.37). In addition to the SAEs
described above, there were two deaths, one of which was study-related and resulted from a myocardial infarction of a subject randomized to traditional SCS
therapy that occurred during the implant procedure. The other death occurred outside the study period in the test group and resulted from a malignant hepatic
neoplasm. The most common study-related AEs were implant site pain (in 11.9% of HF10 therapy and 10.3% of traditional SCS therapy subjects) and
uncomfortable paresthesia (in 11.3% of traditional SCS therapy subjects and in no HF10 therapy subjects). Lead migration leading to revision occurred in 3.0% of
HF10 therapy and 5.2% of traditional SCS therapy participants. Importantly,
9
neurological assessment revealed no stimulation-related neurological deficits in either treatment group. Also, there were no stimulation-related SAEs in either arm.
Safety results of our EU study demonstrated no evidence of neurologic deficit or dysfunction attributable to prolonged delivery of HF10 therapy. Further,
investigators reported that adverse events were similar in nature and frequency to those seen with traditional SCS therapy. The most common adverse events in
both arms of the study were implant site pain, infection and lead migration.
Our Senza System
The Senza system is approved to create traditional low frequency electrical impulses and our proprietary HF10 therapy, which allows for pain relief
without paresthesia. HF10 therapy delivers proprietary waveforms at 10,000 Hz pulse rate with a statistically driven and clinically verified programming algorithm.
Senza, similar to other commercially available SCS systems, consists of leads, a trial stimulator, an IPG, surgical tools, a clinician laptop programmer, a
patient remote control and a mobile charger. These components enable physicians to implant the leads and the IPG, and patients to operate the system. Below is a
depiction of our Senza Omnia product, as well as the patient remote control and charger.
Implantable Pulse Generator (IPG): The IPG contains a rechargeable battery and electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It can connect to one
or two leads, and up to 16 electrodes. It is a programmable device and can deliver the required customized programs for each patient. The IPG is rechargeable and
is placed surgically under the skin, usually above the buttock or the abdomen. The Senza, Senza II and Senza Omnia SCS systems are approved with “at least a
10 year battery life”.
Percutaneous Leads: The percutaneous leads vary in length and are thin, insulated medical wires in a cylindrical, flexible and steerable shape that conduct
electrical pulses from the IPG to near the spinal cord. The
10
insertion of the percutaneous leads can also be minimally invasive as they can be inserted in the epidural space through a needle.
Surpass Surgical Leads: The Surpass surgical leads are similar to our percutaneous leads but in a paddle-shaped format that provides a larger surface area
that broadens exposure of the lead along the vertebrae. Our Surpass surgical leads received initial approval from the FDA in late 2016 with a further approval
received in January 2017. In April of 2017, the surgical lead received CE Mark and TGA in approval in Australia. We believe the Surpass leads give us access to
up to approximately 30% to 40% of the U.S. SCS market that we previously did not address without a surgical lead. In 2020, we also launched our Surpass-C
surgical lead, a compact version of our Surpass surgical lead, in the United States, for which we expect to receive approvals in Europe and Australia in 2021.
Trial Stimulator: The trial stimulator contains electronics that deliver electrical pulses to the lead. It is an external device that is worn around the waist
during the evaluation period that typically lasts several days. It is powered by batteries.
Surgical Tools: Surgical tools include percutaneous insertion needles that are used to introduce the lead into the epidural space, a variety of stylets that give
physicians the ability to steer and deliver the lead to the desired location, anchors to secure the leads and tunneling tools that provide access from the lead insertion
site to the location of the IPG.
Programmer: The clinician laptop programmer contains proprietary software that allows the customized per patient programming of the IPG. It can non-
invasively interrogate the IPG and transmit programming information and download diagnostic information.
Patient Remote Control: The patient remote control is a handheld device that allows patients to turn their stimulation on and off and change programs
uploaded to their IPG.
Charger: The charger recharges the IPG from outside the body. To charge, the charging coil of the charger is placed over the location of the IPG and then
initiated by pushing a button on the charger. The charger is mobile and can be worn around the waist using a belt when charging is needed, so that the patient can
perform various tasks
11
while charging. Charging sessions are usually performed daily and are expected to average approximately 45 minutes a day.
Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement
In the United States, the primary purchasers of Senza are hospitals, outpatient surgery centers and physician offices. These purchasers bill various third-
party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans for the healthcare services associated with the SCS procedure. Government agencies
and private payors determine whether to provide coverage for specific procedures. In the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs (the latter, along with applicable state governments). As the single largest payor, this program has a significant
impact on other payors’ payment systems.
Generally, reimbursement for services performed at a hospital or outpatient surgery center are reported using billing codes issued by the American Medical
Association (AMA) known as Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes. Physician reimbursement under Medicare generally is based on a fee schedule and
determined by the relative values of the professional service rendered. Hospital outpatient services, reported by CPT codes, are assigned to clinically relevant
Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APCs) used to determine the Medicare payment amount for services provided. In addition, CMS and the National Center for
Health Statistics (NCHS) are jointly responsible for overseeing changes and modifications to billing codes used by hospitals to report inpatient procedures, known
as ICD-10-PCS codes. We believe that SCS procedures using Senza are adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II and ICD-10-PCS codes for the
implantation of spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care.
In the United States, although CMS initially approved a transitional pass-through payment for High-Frequency Stimulation under the Medicare hospital
outpatient prospective payment system effective January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2017, healthcare providers who purchase our products currently do not
receive separate reimbursement for our products and rely on third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a
portion of the cost of our products in the procedures in which they are used. Accordingly, the additional cost associated with the use of our products can impact the
profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. Medicare reimbursement rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to
geographic location, nature of the facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., hospital outpatient department or outpatient surgery centers) and other factors.
Although private payors’ coverage policies and reimbursement rates can differ significantly from payor to payor, the Medicare program is frequently used
as a model for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for healthcare items and services, including
SCS procedures. For example, certain regional Blue Cross Blue Shield plans previously denied coverage for Senza on the basis that high-frequency
neuromodulation is investigational and/or experimental. We continue to engage in efforts to convince such payors of the advantages of HF10 therapy, however,
there can be no assurances that we are successful in overturning any negative coverage decisions by private health insurance plans, should they arise. In addition,
payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the
coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our
products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.
Outside the United States, reimbursement levels vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries. Reimbursement is obtained from a
variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans, and combinations of both. Some countries will require us to gather
additional clinical data before granting broader coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain
coverage and reimbursement approval beyond what we have today in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.
Product Development and Research Development
Our objective is to continue to improve patient outcomes and further expand patient access to HF10 therapy through enhancements to Senza and the
development of new indications. Research and development (R&D)
12
expenses were $48.5 million, $59.0 million and $45.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Since the launch of the initial Senza system, we have introduced a number of product enhancements. These include a short-tip version of the lead, new
lengths of the lead, a surgically placed paddle lead, an active anchor with improved performance over silicon anchors, a second generation active anchor with
smaller volume, lead adaptors that allow use of competitor leads already implanted in patients, upgraded clinician programmer software, a number of next
generation IPGs which are conditionally safe for MRI scans anywhere on the body, and our Surpass surgical lead to complement our percutaneous lead. We also
expect to continue developing enhancements to further increase performance and introduce new benefits including next generation IPGs and enhanced MRI
capabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in these efforts or in receiving any required regulatory approvals.
Sales and Marketing
United States
In 2020, we maintained the overall size of our U.S. sales organization, which represents our main channel to communicate with our customers. Our sales
representatives target physician specialties involved in SCS treatment decisions, including neurosurgeons, physiatrists, interventional pain specialists and
orthopedic spine surgeons. In addition, our commercial team plans to continue to create demand for Senza among additional stakeholders involved in the SCS
treatment decision, including third-party payors, hospitals administrators and SCS patients and their families. We have also developed a clinical support team in
order to provide ongoing support to physicians and patients for the use of Senza.
International
We sell Senza in Europe and Australia through a combination of our direct sales force and a network of sales agents and independent distributors. We
began our direct sales operations in the United Kingdom in late 2010 and to date have expanded our direct sales operations to Austria, Australia, Belgium,
Germany, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland. We utilize sales agents and independent distributors to sell in other countries.
Competition
We compete in the SCS market for chronic pain. We also compete with spine surgeries, in particular re-operations. Currently, our major competitors are
Medtronic, Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories, who have obtained regulatory approval for SCS systems. We believe that the primary competitive factors in
the market are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sales force experience and access
Published clinical efficacy data
Product support and service
Effective marketing and education
Company brand recognition
Clinical research leadership
Technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation
Pricing and reimbursement
Product reliability, safety and durability
Ease of use
Physician advocacy and support
Many of our competitors have greater capital resources, more established operations, longer commercial histories and more extensive relationships with
physicians. They also have wider product offerings within
13
neuromodulation and in other product categories, providing them with greater supplier power and with more opportunities to interact with stakeholders involved in
purchasing decisions. We also face competition to recruit and retain qualified sales and other personnel.
We expect our competitors to launch new products and release additional clinical evidence within the next few years. For example, Abbott Laboratories
received FDA approval for a SCS system that offers an alternate low frequency waveform called BurstDR, and in February 2016, the company gained approval for
a neuromodulation system that stimulates the dorsal root ganglion for treatment of focal pain and complex regional pain syndrome, in each case, using pivotal
clinical studies for each therapy to support the FDA approval process. Medtronic gained FDA approval for the Intellis™ spinal cord stimulator in September of
2017, and in January of 2020 announced the purchase a company called Stimgenics, which includes a proprietary SCS waveform called Differential Target
Multiplexed (DTM). Additionally, Boston Scientific broadly launched the WaveWriter™ SCS system in January 2019, the WaveWriter™ Alpha SCS system and
its Fast Acting Sub-perception Therapy (FAST™) in January 2021, and also promotes the results of a sub-threshold therapy through their WHISPER, COMBO and
HALO studies. Additionally, there are a number of emerging competitors at various stages of development. Stimwave has developed and is commercializing a
minimally invasive stimulation system that employs an externally worn power source and radio frequency transmitter. Nalu Medical, Inc. (Nalu Medical) and
Neuspera Medical Inc. (Neuspera Medical) are also pursuing a similar approach as well. Saluda is developing and testing a low frequency closed loop system for
the treatment of chronic pain that currently has approval in Europe and Australia.
Intellectual Property
We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, which includes seeking and
maintaining patents covering our technology and products, proprietary processes and any other inventions that are commercially or strategically important to the
development of our business. We also rely upon trademarks to build and maintain the integrity of our brand, and we seek to protect the confidentiality of trade
secrets that may be important to the development of our business. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”
Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Technology
As of December 31, 2020, we owned 232 issued patents globally, of which 139 were issued U.S. utility patents, two were issued U.S. design patents, 49
were issued Australian utility patents, five were Australian design patent, 16 were issued European utility patents, seven were European design patents, four were
issued Japanese patents, two were issued Korean utility patents, one was an issued Korean design patent, two were issued Chinese utility patents, three were issued
Chinese design patents, one was a Canadian utility patent and one was a United Kingdom utility patent. In general, our patents cover SCS systems that are
configured to generate non-paresthesia producing therapy signals at frequencies between 1,500 Hz to 100,000 Hz, as well as additional aspects, algorithms and
components of the Senza system and HF10 therapy. As of December 31, 2020, we held 150 patent applications pending globally, of which 95 were patent
applications pending in the United States, and 55 were PCT patent applications or patent applications pending across Europe, Australia, Canada, Japan, China,
Costa Rica, India and Korea. We also have an exclusive license from the Mayo Foundation to two U.S. issued patents and one U.S. pending patent application. All
of our current issued patents are projected to expire between 2028 and 2038.
As of December 31, 2020, our trademark portfolio contained 45 trademark registrations, of which there were nine U.S. trademark registrations, nine
Australian trademark registrations, two European trademark registrations, three U.K. trademark registration, three Japanese trademark registrations, two Norwegian
trademark registration, three Swiss trademark registration, one Kuwaiti registration, two Canadian registrations and nine Turkish trademark registrations. Our
trademark portfolio also contained 78 pending applications, of which nine are pending U.S. trademark applications and 69 are pending foreign trademark
applications.
The term of individual patents depends on the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United
States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional or priority patent application. We cannot assure that patents
will be issued from any of our pending applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for
our technology. Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could
14
develop treatment methods or devices that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent applications owned by
third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown
to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future products or proprietary technologies may be alleged to infringe.
There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry. In the future, we may need to
engage in litigation to enforce patents issued or licensed to us, to protect our trade secrets or know-how, to defend against claims of infringement of the rights of
others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could be costly and could divert our attention from other functions and
responsibilities. Adverse determinations in litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, could require us to seek licenses from third parties
and could prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using Senza, any of which could severely harm our business.
We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may rely upon licensing opportunities in the future, to develop
and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary
information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information, under which they are bound to assign
to us inventions made during the term of their employment.
The Mayo License
In October 2006, we entered into a license agreement (the Mayo License) with the Venturi Group, LLC (VGL) and the Mayo Foundation for Medical
Education and Research (the Mayo Foundation) pursuant to which the Mayo Foundation committed to confer with us exclusively to develop products for the
treatment of autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling, and non-exclusively to test such
devices, and VGL committed to confer with us non-exclusively to develop such devices, and exclusively to test such devices. These commitments to confer
expired in January 2011. We were granted a worldwide license to make, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products incorporating or using the know-how
developed for and provided to us by the Mayo Foundation or VGL in the course of such development and testing activities, exclusively for product development
and non-exclusively for product testing. Pursuant to the Mayo License, we are obligated to pay royalties in the low single digits to the Mayo Foundation, on a
country-by-country and product-by-product basis, based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products, subject to reduction under certain circumstances. We are
also required under the Mayo License to use commercially reasonable efforts to research, develop and commercialize licensed products.
The Mayo License terminates upon the expiration of (1) the last to expire of the licensed patents or (2) our obligation to pay royalties, whichever is later.
As of Jan. 1, 2021, we do not have an existing obligation to pay royalties under the Mayo License. Such obligations may be subject to change if: (1) additional
relevant patents issue that are subject to the Mayo License; or (2) we launch an SCS product, which is subject to the Mayo License, in another country. We, the
Mayo Foundation or VGL may terminate the Mayo License upon 60 days’ notice of a party’s material breach if such breach remains uncured after such 60-day
period.
Manufacturing and Supply
We rely upon third-party suppliers for the manufacture and assembly of our Senza SCS system and its components, some of which are single- or sole-
sources of the relevant product component. We are in the process of identifying and qualifying second-source alternatives for several of our critical single-source
suppliers. Thus, in the event that our relationship with any of our single- or sole-source suppliers terminates in the future, we feel confident that sufficient
production capacity is available to build products at the standards we require. We believe that existing third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and
anticipated manufacturing needs.
In the third quarter of 2020, we made the strategic decision to vertically integrate the assembly of IPG’s, peripherals and various other manufacturing
related activities to mitigate our reliance on third-party manufacturers and improve our long-term gross margins. We plan on conducting these manufacturing
activities in a facility in Costa Rica. The integration process is expected to be completed in 2022. Even after this integration process is
15
completed, we expect that we will continue to rely on third-party manufacturers to provide key components to support the assembly process. We may incur
significant capital expenditures and implementation costs to initiate the manufacturing operations in Costa Rica.
We believe our manufacturing operations, and those of our suppliers, are in compliance with regulations mandated by the FDA. Manufacturing facilities
that produce medical devices or their component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic unannounced inspection by the
FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies. For products distributed in the United States, we are required to manufacture any products that we
sell in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control,
manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. In international markets, we are required to obtain and maintain
various quality assurance and quality management certifications. We have obtained the following international certifications: Quality Management System
ISO13485, Full Quality Assurance Certification for the design and manufacture of spinal cord stimulator systems and accessories and a Design Examination
certificate for Implantable Pulse Generator and Accessories. We are required to demonstrate continuing compliance with applicable regulatory requirements to
maintain these certifications and will continue to be periodically inspected by international regulatory authorities for certification purposes.
Our material supply contracts are as follows:
Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing
In July 2014, we entered into a supply agreement with Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc. (Pro-Tech) pursuant to which Pro-Tech, as a single-source
supplier, conducts the inspection, labeling, packaging and sterilization of our Senza SCS system. Our supply agreement expired in July 2020 and we are currently
in discussions with Pro-Tech on a revised agreement.
Stellar (Cirtec) Technologies
On July 1, 2009, we entered into a manufacturing agreement with Stellar Technologies, Inc. (Stellar) our single-source supplier of our percutaneous leads,
percutaneous lead extenders and surgical leads for our neurological stimulator products. On June 30, 2014, the agreement’s initial term expired, and the agreement
automatically renewed for the first time. On July 1, 2014, we entered into a first amendment to the manufacturing agreement with Stellar, which provides for an
additional five year term commencing from the date of the amendment, after which the agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either
party provides written notice of intent not to renew at least 30 days before the expiration of the then-current term. On January 28, 2016, we entered into a second
amendment to this agreement, which provides for the purchase of certain supplementary products pursuant to the agreement. We refer to the manufacturing
agreement as amended by the first and second amendments as the Stellar Agreement.
Either we or Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement at will upon one year’s advance notice, subject to certain remaining rights and payment
obligations, including an early cancellation fee payable by us to Stellar. We may also terminate the Stellar Agreement if Stellar is unable to perform its obligations
under the Stellar Agreement for 60 days or more, or if Stellar is unwilling to perform its obligations under the Stellar Agreement and does not cure such defect
within 60 days of our providing written notice to cure. Stellar may terminate the Stellar Agreement in the event of our default of certain specified obligations,
including our payment obligations, material violation of a warranty or law, our material breach, and our insolvency.
CCC Supply Agreement
We rely upon C.C.C. Del Uruguay S.A. (CCC), a subsidiary of Integer Holdings Corporation (formerly Greatbatch Ltd.), as one of our manufacturers of
our IPGs. We currently have a multi-year supply agreement with CCC with regard to the manufacture and supply of our IPGs. The agreement was effective as of
November 11, 2016. On April 30, 2019, we entered into the first amendment to the supply agreement with CCC, incorporating new product models and adjusting
unit cost.
16
The agreement continues for ten years unless terminated earlier. The term of the agreement automatically renews for additional two-year terms unless one
party provides the other party with written notice of termination at least one year prior to the end of the initial term or the applicable renewal period. In the event of
a change of control of CCC, the agreement may be terminated by us upon three years’ written notice to CCC, provided that such notice period shall be one year in
the event CCC is acquired by certain competitors to us. In addition, the agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of the parties, or by either party, with
written notice, upon the other party’s cessation of business or other termination of its business operations, uncured material breach or insolvency of the other party.
Upon termination of the agreement, CCC shall, subject to certain exceptions and unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, fulfill all purchase orders placed by us
and accepted by CCC prior to the effective date of termination.
The agreement contains, among other provisions, customary representations and warranties by the parties, ordering and payment and shipping terms,
customary provisions with respect to the ownership of any intellectual property created during the term of the agreement, certain indemnification rights in favor of
both parties, limitations of liability and customary confidentiality provisions.
EaglePicher Medical Power Supply Agreement
In April 2009, we entered into a product supply and development agreement with EaglePicher Medical Power LLC (EaglePicher) our single-source
supplier of the batteries and related products for our IPG. Pursuant to the agreement, EaglePicher must use its best efforts to supply these batteries and related
products in sufficient quantity to meet our demand. The agreement also provides that, upon our written request, EaglePicher will conduct development of a
modified version of these products to our specifications, if we so desire. The initial term of our supply agreement with EaglePicher expired in November 2010, and
the term had been automatically renewing for successive one-year periods.
In March 2015, we entered into a first amendment to the product supply and development agreement with EaglePicher. The amendment committed us to
specified minimum purchase amounts until the end of 2017 and adjusts EaglePicher’s production capacity and facilities commitments under the agreement as well
as certain pricing, purchasing, delivery and cancellation terms. The amendment also extends the term of the agreement to December 31, 2019, with an additional
two-year automatic renewal period unless we or EaglePicher provide notice of intent not to renew prior to the commencement of such renewal term. The
amendment further provides us with the right to place a final order with EaglePicher following termination of the agreement, as amended and modifies certain
warranty and assignment terms and the parties’ limitations of liability.
In November 2015, we entered into a second amendment to the agreement, which increased our pre-existing specified minimum purchase amounts and
increased EaglePicher’s production capacity commitments under the agreement, as well as specifying certain purchasing and purchase order protocols. The
amendment obligated EaglePicher to establish and qualify an additional battery production operation and commits us to fund approximately $1.0 million of such
production operation paid in three milestone installments. The amendment also establishes EaglePicher as our exclusive battery supplier through the initial five-
year term of the agreement, ending December 31, 2019.
In September 2017, we entered into a third amendment to the agreement, which changed the renewal term of the agreement such that the agreement will
automatically renew for a period of one year unless we or EaglePicher provides notice of intent to terminate the agreement six months prior to the commencement
of such renewal term. In 2019, we notified EaglePicher of our intent to not renew the agreement upon its expiration on December 31, 2019. We are currently in
discussions with EaglePicher on a revised agreement.
Vention (Nordson) Supply Agreement
In December 2015, we entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with Vention Medical Design and Development, Inc. (Vention) pursuant to
which Vention agreed to manufacture and supply our IPGs. We are obligated to purchase from Vention specified minimum purchase quantities of IPGs for the
duration of the Vention agreement.
17
The agreement continues for five years unless terminated earlier. The term of the agreement automatically renews for additional one-year terms unless one
party provides the other party with written notice of termination at least one year prior to the end of the applicable renewal period. The agreement may be
terminated by us for any reason upon 180 days’ written notice to Vention. In addition, the agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of the parties, or by
either party, with written notice, upon uncured material breach or insolvency of the other party. Upon termination of the agreement, Vention shall, upon our
request, manufacture an additional 24 months of continuous supply of IPGs based on the preceding forecast average or such other amount as agreed upon by the
parties.
In September 2017, we entered into a first amendment to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with Vention, which changed the unit costs of the
products supplied by Vention. In April 2018, we entered into a second amendment to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, which acknowledged that
Vention changed its name to Nordson MEDICAL Design and Development, Inc (Nordson) and which changed the unit cost of the products supplied by Nordson.
Other Suppliers
We also have other suppliers, including some sole-source suppliers, for certain of our components, with whom we do not have agreements.
Product Liability and Insurance
The manufacture and sale of our products subjects us to the risk of financial exposure to product liability claims. Our products are used in situations in
which there is a risk of serious injury or death. We carry insurance policies which we believe to be customary for similar companies in our industry. We cannot
assure you that these policies will be sufficient to cover all or substantially all losses that we experience.
We endeavor to maintain executive and organization liability insurance in a form and with aggregate coverage limits that we believe are adequate for our
business purposes, but our coverage limits may prove not to be adequate in some circumstances.
Government Regulations
United States
Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) and its
implementing regulations, guidance, and standards. The FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, promotion,
distribution, and production of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their
intended uses. The FDA also regulates the export of medical devices manufactured in the United States to international markets. Any violations of these laws and
regulations could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if there is a change in law, regulation
or judicial interpretation, we may be required to change our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Under the FFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with
each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness.
Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA’s “general controls” for medical devices, which include
compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-
misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket
notification process described below.
18
Class II devices are subject to FDA’s general controls, and any other “special controls” deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of
the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries, and FDA guidance documents. While most Class
I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket
notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a
device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. When a 510(k) is required, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a
premarket notification submission demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, which in some cases may require
submission of clinical data. A legally marketed device is defined by statute to mean a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which
the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, or another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process. Unless a
specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not
substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, into Class III, and the device sponsor must
then fulfill much more rigorous premarketing requirements in the form of a premarket approval (PMA).
A Class III device includes devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices,
in addition to a device that has a new intended use or utilizes advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. The
safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by general and special controls. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to
demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed although some pre-amendment Class III devices for
which the FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process.
PMA Approval
The Senza SCS system is a Class III device subject to review and approval through the PMA pathway. PMA applications must be supported by, among
other things, valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to
the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. A PMA application must also include, among other things, a complete description of the device
and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device and proposed labeling. As with 510(k)
submissions, unless subject to an exemption, PMA submissions are subject to user fees.
The FDA has 45 days from its receipt of a PMA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold
determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The
FDA has 180-days to review a PMA application that has been filed by the FDA, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer
period of time, and can take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already
provided. An advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as
to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the
applicant and/or its third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers
to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.
The timing of FDA review of an initial PMA application can vary substantially and, in some cases, require several years to complete. The FDA can delay,
limit, or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:
•
•
it is not demonstrated that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe or effective under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended or
suggested in the proposed labeling;
the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient; and
19
•
the manufacturing process, methods, controls or facilities used for the manufacture, processing, packing or installation of the device do not meet
applicable requirements.
If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval order or an
approvable letter, the latter of which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA’s
evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter
will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. The FDA may also determine that
additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and the data is
then submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post approval requirements,
conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing. In May 2015, we received approval
for our PMA application for the Senza SCS system.
Approval by the FDA of new PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device
specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. Certain other changes to an approved device also require the submission
of a new PMA, such as when the design change causes a different intended use, mode of operation, and technical basis of operation, or when the design change is
so significant that a new generation of the device will be developed, and the data that were submitted with the original PMA are not applicable for the change in
demonstrating a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA
application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may
not require as extensive clinical data. For example, if we seek approval to expand the label of Senza to include additional pain indications, we anticipate that we
will be required to submit and receive approval for a PMA supplement.
Clinical Studies
Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. In the United States, human
clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require compliance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption (IDE) regulations. For
a device that presents a “significant risk” to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an IDE application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to
commencing the human clinical trial, as well as obtain approval of an Institutional Review Board (IRB) at each institution where the study will be conducted. If the
device is considered a “non-significant risk,” IDE approval from FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the IRB overseeing the investigation at each
clinical trial site is required, though the sponsor must still comply with abbreviated IDE requirements, such as protection of human subjects and informed consent.
Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of Class III devices and may be required for Class I and II devices. An IDE application
must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is
scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may
not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to
proceed under a conditional approval.
If an IDE application is approved by the FDA, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of
patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the
trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation,
ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not
guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data derived from the
trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and approved by,
the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or
welfare of human subjects.
20
During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical
investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping, and prohibitions on the promotion of
investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA regulations and
must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and
comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at
any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.
Continuing Regulation
After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: compliance with the QSR,
which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;
labeling regulations; the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses; the reports of Corrections and Removals
regulation, which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk of health posed by the device or to remedy a
violation of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; and the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their
device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it
were to reoccur. Manufacturers are also required to register and list their devices with the FDA, based on which the FDA will conduct inspections to ensure
continued compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.
The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. medical device regulatory
requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters; fines; injunctions; consent decrees; civil penalties; repairs, replacements or refunds; recalls,
corrections or seizures of products; total or partial suspension of production; the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals; withdrawals or
suspensions of current product applications; and criminal prosecution. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
International
Our international sales are subject to regulatory requirements in the countries in which our products are sold. The regulatory review process varies from
country to country and may in some cases require the submission of clinical data. In addition, the FDA must be notified of, or approve the export to certain
countries of devices that require a PMA, and not yet approved in the United States.
In the European Economic Area (EEA), which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the European Union (EU) plus Norway, Liechtenstein, Iceland and
the United Kingdom (UK) (until the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020 provided for in the Withdrawal Agreement between the EU and UK), we
need to comply with the requirements of the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive (AIMDD) and appropriately affix the CE Mark on our products to
attest to such compliance. To achieve compliance, our products must meet the “Essential Requirements” laid down in Annex I of the AIMDD relating to safety and
performance. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE Mark we must undergo a conformity assessment
procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and
which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the
Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization designated by a competent
authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and
examine the Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of
Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their
conformity with the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed
a
21
related EC Declaration of Conformity. The assessment of the conformity of Senza has been certified by our Notified Body (the British Standards Institution, or
BSI).
As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other
things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must
demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and that any adverse
events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety
of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be
obtained from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device
can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer
must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of
clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of
the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and
time-consuming. Additionally, Senza must continue to comply with the requirements of certain EU Directives.
We are subject to continued surveillance by our Notified Body and will be required to report any serious adverse incidents to the appropriate authorities.
We also must comply with additional requirements of individual countries in which our products are marketed.
The assessment of the conformity of Senza with the AIMDD and the Radio and Telecommunications Terminal (R&TTE) Directive has been certified by
the BSI.
In April 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the EU Medical
Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member
States, the regulations would be directly applicable, i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member State laws implementing them, in all EEA member States
and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member States. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other
things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level
of safety and health while supporting innovation. The Medical Devices Regulation was meant to become applicable three years after publication (in May 2020).
However, on April 23, 2020, to take the pressure off EEA national authorities, notified bodies, manufacturers and other parties so they can focus fully on urgent
priorities related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the European Council and Parliament adopted Regulation 2020/561, postponing the date of application of the
Medical Devices Regulation by one year (to May 2021). Once applicable, the Medical Devices Regulation will among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available;
establish explicit provisions on manufacturers' responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and safety of devices placed on the
market;
improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification number;
set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the
EU; and
strengthen rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional check by experts before
they are placed on the market.
Once applicable, the Medical Devices Regulation may impose increased compliance obligations for us to access the EU market.
22
Other Regulations
We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation in the jurisdictions in which we will conduct our business. These laws include, without
limitation, applicable anti-kickback, false claims, physician sunshine and patient privacy and security laws and regulations.
Anti-Kickback Statute: The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting,
offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an
individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under
federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are
lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term “remuneration” includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to
include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of
payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors
protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth
provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal
Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not
necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an
applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative
review of all of its facts and circumstances. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order
to have committed a violation. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties,
damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or
restructuring of operations.
Federal Civil False Claims Act: The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing
to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by, the federal government. In addition,
private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the civil False Claims Act in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented
to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits,
known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are
deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a
product off-label. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute
constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Penalties for a federal civil False Claims Act violation include three times
the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in
federal healthcare programs and criminal liability.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996: The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) created several
new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully
executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits
knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with
the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health
plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the
security and
23
privacy of protected health information. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, created four new tiers
of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal
HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.
EU Data Protection Laws: We are subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and
other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance
obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of personal information that identifies
or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information and sensitive personal data such as health data. These laws and regulations are subject
to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time.
For example, the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) became applicable on May 25, 2018, implementing more stringent operational
requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used,
limitations on retention of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data, mandatory data breach
notification requirements, more robust rights for individuals over their personal data and higher standards for data controllers to demonstrate that they have
obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities. We are subject to evolving EU and EEA laws on data export, as we may transfer personal data from
the EU and EEA to other jurisdictions, for example, in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union limited how organizations could lawfully transfer
personal data from the EEA to the United States by invalidating the Privacy Shield and imposing further restrictions on use of the standard contractual clauses,
which could increase our costs and our ability to efficiently process personal data from the EEA. The GDPR also provides that EU and EEA member states may
make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data
or could cause our costs could increase, and harm our business and financial condition.
Following Brexit, we have to comply with the GDPR and the UK GDPR, with each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of €20 million/ £17.5
million or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the UK and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, e.g. how data
transfers between EU member states. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk.
In recent years, U.S. and European lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over electronic marketing and the use of third-party cookies, web
beacons and similar technology for online behavioral advertising. In the EU, informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie on a user’s device. The
current EU laws that cover the use of cookies and similar technology and marketing online or by electronic means are under reform. A draft of the new ePrivacy
Regulation is currently going through the European legislative process. Unlike the current ePrivacy Directive, the ePrivacy Regulation will be directly
implemented into the laws of each of the EU member states, without the need for further enactment. When implemented, it is expected to alter rules on third-party
cookies, web beacons and similar technology for online behavioral advertising and to impose stricter requirements on companies using these tools. The current
provisions of the draft ePrivacy Regulation also extend the strict opt-in marketing rules to business-to-business communications, and significantly increase
penalties. While the text of the draft ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, a recent European court decision and regulators’ recent guidance are driving
increased attention to cookies and tracking technologies. If regulators start to enforce the strict approach in recent guidance, this could lead to substantial costs,
require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our
margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with privacy or security laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards or any security incident that
results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information may result in governmental enforcement actions and investigations including
by European Data Protection Authorities, fines and penalties (for example, of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the
preceding financial year (whichever is higher) under the GDPR and draft ePrivacy Regulation, and £17.5 million or 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover for
breaches of the UK legislation), litigation and/or adverse publicity, including by consumer advocacy groups, and could cause our customers to lose
24
trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Such failures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and
operations. If the third parties we work with violate applicable laws, contractual obligations or suffer a security breach, such violations may also put us in breach of
our obligations under privacy laws and regulations and/or could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business.
The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act: The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics
and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, to report
annually to CMS information related to “payments or other transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists
and chiropractors), certain other health care professionals beginning in 2022, and teaching hospitals, and to report annually to CMS certain ownership and
investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.
Analogous State and Foreign Law Equivalents: We may be subject to state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-
kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require
device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government
or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report
information related to payments and other “transfers of value” to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the
privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect,
thus complicating compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which went into effect January 1, 2020, among other things,
creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain
disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing
risks associated with a data breach. Although the law includes limited exceptions, including for “protected health information” maintained by a covered entity or
business associate, it may regulate or impact our processing of personal information depending on the context. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA)
recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes,
limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data
protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the
provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.
Healthcare Reform: In March 2010, the Affordable Care Act (the ACA) was signed into law, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare
financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the medical device industry. The Affordable Care Act impacted existing
government healthcare programs and resulted in the development of new programs.
Since its enactment, there have been judicial and congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. By way of example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of
2017 includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to
maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court
Judge in the Northern District of Texas, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as
part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the
District Court’s decision that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining
provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case, although it is unclear how the Supreme Court will rule. It is
also unclear how other efforts, if any, to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the law.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included an aggregate reduction in
Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a
temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. The Medicare Access and
25
CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, enacted on April 16, 2015 (MACRA), repealed the formula by which Medicare made annual payment adjustments to
physicians and replaced the former formula with fixed annual updates and a new system of incentive payments that began in 2019 that are based on various
performance measures and physicians’ participation in alternative payment models such as accountable care organizations.
Any regulatory or legislative developments in domestic or foreign markets that eliminates or reduces reimbursement rates for procedures performed with
our products could harm our ability to sell our products or cause downward pressure on the prices of our products, either of which would affect our ability to
generate the revenues necessary to support our business.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act: The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering or
authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any
act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose
securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly
reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for
international operations.
The UK Bribery Act. The UK Bribery Act prohibits giving, offering or promising bribes (which includes anything of value) to any person, including private
persons, as well as requesting, agreeing to receive, or accepting bribes from any person. In addition, under the UK Bribery Act, companies which carry on a
business or part of a business in the UK, as we do, may be held liable not only for bribes given, offered, promised, requested or accepted to any person, including
private persons, by employees and persons associated with the company in order to obtain or retain business or a business advantage for the company, but also for
failing to prevent the bribe in the first place. Liability for the offence of failing to prevent bribery is strict, with no element of a corrupt state of mind, but a defense
of having in place adequate procedures designed to prevent bribery is available. Furthermore, under the UK Bribery Act there is no exception for facilitation
payments.
Employees and Human Capital
As of December 31, 2020, we had 843 employees globally. We believe the success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel. We are committed to developing our employees and providing them with opportunities to contribute to our growth and success. Our
employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees.
Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional
employees. We strive to attract and retain the most talented employees in the industry by offering competitive compensation and benefits that support their health,
financial and emotional well-being. The principal purposes of our compensation plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees and directors. We use a
combination of fixed and variable compensation including base salary, cash-based performance bonuses and stock-based compensation awards.
About Us
We were incorporated in Minnesota in March 2006 and reincorporated in Delaware in October 2006. We completed the initial public offering of our
common stock in November 2014. Our common stock is currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “NVRO.” Our principal
executive offices are located at 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California 94065. Our telephone number is (650) 251-0005. Our website address is
www.nevro.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or
Annual Report, or any other filings we make with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.
26
Available Information
We make available on or through our website certain reports and amendments to those reports that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC in accordance with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These include our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
and our Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. We make this
information available on or through our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to,
the SEC. This information is also available by writing to us at the address on the cover of this Annual Report. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings, at www.sec.gov. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is
not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or any other filings we make with the SEC.
27
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our business involves significant risks, some of which are described below. You should carefully consider these risks, as well as the other information in this
Annual Report, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.” The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth
prospects. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business.
Risk Factor Summary
Below is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our common stock speculative or risky. This summary does not address all of the
risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, and other risks that we face, can be found below under the heading
“Risk Factors” and should be carefully considered together with other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other filings with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) before making investment decisions regarding our common stock:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The COVID-19 pandemic has harmed and may continue to harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth.
We are substantially dependent on continued market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and the failure of our HF10 therapy to
continue to gain market acceptance would negatively impact our business.
We currently are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to defend ourselves against intellectual property disputes, which could be
expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, and hinder our ability to
commercialize our existing or future products.
If our competitors, who are large, well-established companies with substantially greater resources than ours and a long history of competing in the
SCS market, are better able to develop and market neuromodulation products that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use or otherwise
more attractive than our Senza products, our business will be adversely impacted.
We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.
If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the use of Senza, our revenue will be negatively impacted.
If we fail to maintain FDA approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is impacted in the future, we will be unable to commercially
distribute and market Senza in the United States. Further, we may not be able to obtain required regulatory approvals to expand the indications for
which we may market and sell Senza.
Our success depends on physicians’ use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain.
We are in the process of developing internal manufacturing capabilities for our products, but expect to remain dependent upon third-party
manufacturers and suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and problems and price
fluctuations, which could harm our business.
If we fail to receive access to hospital facilities, our sales may decrease.
If clinical studies for future indications do not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or approval in the United States or
elsewhere, we will be unable to commercialize our products for these indications.
We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to
inventory impairment charges.
28
•
•
•
•
Senza is subject to extensive governmental regulation, both in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions, such as Europe, and our failure to
comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.
Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on us.
We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such laws and regulations
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our stock price may be volatile and as a result our stockholders may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price they paid
and such volatility may also adversely impact the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes.
Risks Related to our Business
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been harmed by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be
harmed.
We are subject to risks related to the public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. Such risks and uncertainties could be
further aggravated by the spread of new, more viral or deadly variants of the COVID-19 virus. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted, and may
continue to negatively impact our operations and revenues and overall financial condition by decreasing the number of Senza systems procedures performed. The
number of Senza systems procedures performed, similar to other elective surgical procedures, has decreased as health care organizations globally have prioritized
the treatment of patients with COVID-19. For example, in the United States in the first half of 2020, governmental authorities recommended, and in certain cases
required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments, be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments
and potential infection with COVID-19 and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. We believe the pandemic has
resulted in an overall decrease to the global SCS therapy market of between 15% and 20% in 2020 as compared to 2019. As a result, we have seen a decrease in
revenue for 2020 compared to 2019, and we have experienced a shift in revenue from the first half of 2020 into the second half of 2020 as certain of the restrictions
on elective procedures have been lifted. These measures and challenges may arise again at any time throughout the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain,
and could reduce our revenue while the pandemic continues. In addition, even as the severity of the pandemic subsides, we expect that demand for Senza system
procedures may not return to historic levels as rapidly as originally anticipated as prospective patients may decide to delay the procedure until fully vaccinated for
COVID-19. Because the rollout of the COVID-19 vaccines has, and could continue to, experience significant delays, this may result in a meaningful delay in
patients seeking to have a Senza system trial in the near term. Further, we anticipate that the substantial backlog of patients seeking appointments with physicians
and surgeries to be performed at hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers relating to a variety of medical conditions, will result in patients seeking to have Senza
system trials or implant procedures performed having to navigate limited provider capacity. We believe these factors may have an adverse effect on the recovery of
the global SCS therapy market and, as a result, the amount of time we predict for our sales to recover following the end of the pandemic.
Numerous state and local jurisdictions have imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and
similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where
our headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel and business operations for an indefinite
period of time, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions resulted in our headquarters closing, work stoppages, slowdowns
and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Other disruptions or potential
disruptions include restrictions on our personnel and personnel of partners to travel and access customers for training and case support; delays in approvals by
regulatory bodies; delays in product development efforts; and additional government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts that may further impact
our capacity to manufacture, sell and support the use of our Senza systems. In addition, even after the lift of “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders
and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19, we continue to experience disruptions to our business,
including as a result of patients and customers continuing to be cautious in restarting elective procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.
29
While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, the widespread pandemic has resulted
in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively
affect our liquidity, including our ability to repay our senior convertible notes which are due in June 2021 and April 2025. We expect any further shelter-in-place
policies and restrictions on elective surgical procedures worldwide to have a substantial near-term impact on our revenue. In addition, a recession or market
correction resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially affect our business and the value of our common stock. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our
customers, including hospitals, ASCs and physician offices, have experienced financial hardship and some of them may not fully recover. This could lead to some
of these customers temporarily or permanently shutting down, filing for bankruptcy or being acquired by larger health systems, leading to reduced procedures
and/or additional pricing pressure on our products. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States
which may continue even after the pandemic. The occurrence of any such events may lead to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which
could adversely affect the number of Senza systems sold after the pandemic has ended.
We are substantially dependent on continued market acceptance in the United States for our HF10 therapy, and the failure of our HF10 therapy to continue to
gain market acceptance would negatively impact our business.
Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to the development and commercialization of Senza and HF10 therapy for the
treatment of chronic leg and back pain. Prior to mid-2015, our revenue was derived nearly entirely from sales of Senza in Europe and Australia. Although we
received approval of our PMA in May 2015, we are still in the relatively early stages of our commercialization efforts in the United States and have a limited
history of commercializing our product in the United States. We have incurred significant costs, including costs to continue to build our sales force in order to
sustain our commercial sales in the United States. If we are unable to continue to achieve significant market acceptance in the United States, our results of
operations will be adversely affected as the United States is the principal market for Senza. If we are unsuccessful in our continuing efforts to commercialize our
products, including, in particular Senza Omnia, or are unable to market our products as a result of a quality problem, failure to maintain or obtain additional
regulatory approvals, unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects related to our HF10 therapy or the other factors discussed in these
risk factors, we would lose our only source of revenue, and our business will be materially adversely affected.
We may be unable to gain broader market acceptance for a number of reasons, including due to the below and as a result of other factors set forth herein:
•
•
•
•
•
•
established competitors with strong relationships with customers, including physicians, hospitals and third-party suppliers;
limitations in our ability to demonstrate differentiation and advantages of our product compared to competing products and the relative safety,
efficacy and ease of use of our product;
the limited size of our sales force and the learning curve required to gain experience selling our product;
the inability to obtain sufficient supply of the components for our Senza products or secure second-source suppliers if our main suppliers are
unable to fulfill our orders;
insufficient financial or other resources to support our commercialization efforts necessary to reach profitability; and
the introduction and market acceptance of new, more effective or less expensive competing products and technologies.
Moreover, physicians and hospitals may not perceive the benefits of our products and may be unwilling to change from the SCS devices they are currently
using. Communicating the benefits of Senza and HF10 therapy to these physicians and hospitals requires a significant commitment by our marketing team and
sales organization. Physicians and hospitals may be slow to change their practices because of perceived risks arising from the use of new products. Physicians may
not recommend or use Senza until there is more long-term commercial experience to convince them to alter their existing treatment methods, or until they receive
additional recommendations from other
30
physicians that our product is effective. We cannot predict when, if ever, physicians and hospitals may adopt use of our product. If we are unable to educate
physicians and hospitals about the advantages of our HF10 therapy, do not continue to gain market acceptance of our product, or fail to significantly grow our
market share, we will not be able to grow our revenue and our business and financial condition will be adversely affected.
We must continue to educate physicians and demonstrate to them the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to those of our competitors.
Physicians play a significant role in determining the course of a patient’s treatment and the type of product that will be used to treat a patient. An important
part of our sales process includes the education of physicians on the safe and effective use of our HF10 therapy and our Senza products, particularly because Senza
and high-frequency neuromodulation treatment is relatively new as compared to existing low-frequency traditional SCS systems. As a result, our success depends,
in large part, on effectively educating physicians about our HF10 therapy, including the results of our pivotal SENZA-RCT study. In order for us to sell our
products, we must successfully demonstrate to physicians the merits of our HF10 therapy compared to our competitors’ SCS systems for use in treating patients
with chronic leg and back pain. Acceptance of our HF10 therapy depends on educating physicians as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety,
ease of use and cost-effectiveness of Senza as compared to our competitors’ SCS systems, and communicating to physicians the proper application of our HF10
therapy. Physicians typically need to perform several procedures to become comfortable using HF10 therapy and Senza. If a physician experiences difficulties
during an initial procedure or otherwise, that physician may be less likely to continue to use our product or to recommend it to other physicians. As a result,
educating physicians on the proper use of Senza is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts. If we are not successful in educating physicians and
convincing them of the merits of our HF10 therapy or educating them on the use of Senza, they may not use our Senza products and we may be unable to increase
our sales, sustain our growth or achieve profitability.
In addition, we believe receiving support of our products from physicians is essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support
from physicians or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our HF10 therapy, physicians may not use Senza. In such circumstances, our results of
operations would be materially adversely affected. It is also important for our growth that these physicians advocate for the benefits of our products in the broader
marketplace. If physicians misuse or ineffectively use our products, it could result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injuries, negative publicity or lawsuits
against us, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
We are currently, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which are expensive and time consuming,
and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, thereby hindering our ability to effectively grow sales of our Senza
systems or commercialize future products, if any. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property, our business will be
negatively affected.
The market for medical devices is subject to rapid technological change and frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. It is
possible that our patents or licenses may not withstand challenges made by others or protect our rights adequately.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to secure effective patent protection for our products and processes in the United States and internationally.
We have filed and intend to continue to file patent applications for various aspects of our technology and trademark applications to protect our brand and business.
We seek to obtain and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights to restrict the ability of others to market products or services that misappropriate our
technology and/or infringe our intellectual property to compete with our products. We are currently involved in, and in the future may become involved in
additional, lawsuits and/or proceedings to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. These lawsuits and proceedings are expensive and require substantial
attention of management.
31
However, we face the risks that:
•
•
•
•
•
•
We may fail to secure necessary patents, potentially permitting competitors to market competing products and make, use or sell products that are
substantially the same as ours without incurring the sizeable development costs that we have incurred, which would adversely affect our ability to
compete.
Patents may not issue from any of our currently pending or future patent applications.
Our already-granted patents and any future patents may not survive legal challenges, including challenges in the pending lawsuits with Boston
Scientific and Nalu Medical, to their scope, validity or enforceability, or provide significant protection for us, and they may be re-examined or
invalidated, and/or may be found to be unenforceable or not cover competing products.
Even if our patents are determined by a court to be valid and enforceable, they may not be drafted or interpreted broadly enough to prevent others
from marketing products and services similar to ours. Similarly, others may simply design around our patents. For example, third parties may be
able to make systems or devices that are similar to ours but that are not covered by the claims of our patents. Third parties may assert that we or
our licensors were not the first to make the inventions covered by our issued patents or pending patent applications. The claims of our issued
patents or patent applications when issued may not cover our commercial technology or the future products and services that we develop. We may
not have freedom to operate unimpeded by the patent rights of others. Third parties may have dominating, blocking or other patents relevant to our
technology of which we are not aware. In addition, because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not
published until 18 months after the filing of certain priority documents (or, in some cases, are not published until they issue as patents) and because
publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for our
technology or our contemplated technology. Any such patent applications may have priority over our patent applications or issued patents, which
could further require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on
inventions similar to ours, depending on when the timing of the filing date falls under certain patent laws, we may have to participate in a priority
contest (such as an interference proceeding) declared by the USPTO, to determine priority of invention in the United States. There may be prior
public disclosures that could invalidate our inventions or parts of our inventions of which we are not aware. Further, we may not develop additional
proprietary technologies and, even if we do, they may not be patentable.
Patent law can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important principles remain unresolved. In the
United States and in many foreign jurisdictions, policies regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents can be inconsistent. The U.S. Supreme
Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the
United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their
respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might
be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications, our ability to
obtain patents or the patents and patent applications of our licensors. Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means
afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage, which could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Monitoring unauthorized uses of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products
and services. For example, in November 2016, we filed a complaint against Boston Scientific Corporation in order to enforce certain of our
patents, in February 2019, we filed a lawsuit for patent infringement and false advertisement against Stimwave, and in February 2020, we filed a
lawsuit for patent infringement against Nalu Medical. We may in the future seek to enforce our patents or other proprietary rights against other
potential infringements. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our
intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our
competitors may also independently develop similar technology. Any inability to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result
32
in competitors offering products that incorporate our product features, which could reduce demand for our products. In addition, we may need to
defend our patents from third-party challenges, including interferences, derivation proceedings, re-examination proceedings, post-grant review,
inter partes review, third-party submissions, oppositions, nullity actions, or other patent proceedings. We may also need to initiate infringement
claims or litigation. Adverse proceedings such as litigation or challenges to the validity of our patents can be expensive, time consuming and may
divert the efforts of our technical and managerial personnel, which could in turn harm our business, whether or not we receive a determination
favorable to us. In addition, in an infringement or other adverse proceeding, a court may decide that the patent we seek to enforce is invalid or
unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that the patent in question does not cover the
technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or proceeding could place one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated,
interpreted narrowly or found unenforceable. Some of our competitors may be able to devote significantly more resources to intellectual property
litigation, and may have significantly broader patent portfolios to assert against us, if we assert our rights against them. Further, because of the
substantial discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be
disclosed or otherwise compromised during litigation.
We may not be able to accurately estimate or control our future operating expenses in relation to obtaining, enforcing and/or defending intellectual
property, which could lead to cash shortfalls. Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of the costs of preparing,
filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other patent related costs, including litigation costs and the results of such litigation.
We may also be forced to enter into cross-license agreements with competitors in order to manufacture, use, sell, import and/or export products or
services that are covered by our competitors’ intellectual property rights. If we need to use our intellectual property to enter such cross-license
agreements, it may compromise the value of our intellectual property due to the fact that our competitors may be able to manufacture, use, sell,
import and/or export our patented technology.
•
•
For additional information regarding risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”
Our competitors are large, well-established companies with substantially greater resources than we have and have a long history of competing in the SCS
market.
Our most significant competitors are publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly traded, major medical device companies that have substantially greater
financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we have. The 2019 global SCS market, before the COVID-19 pandemic, is estimated to be approximately
$2.5 billion, with the United States comprising approximately 80% of the market at that time. Given the size of the existing and potential market in the United
States, we expect that as we work to increase our market position and penetration in the United States our competitors will take aggressive action to protect their
current market position. For example, in May 2015, a unit of Boston Scientific, one of our principal competitors, filed with the USPTO two petitions for inter
partes review challenging the validity of our U.S. Patent No. 8,359,102 (the ‘102 patent), which the Patent Trial and Appeals Board (PTAB) at the USPTO denied
in November 2015, and, in December 2016 and April 2018, filed lawsuits against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that we
infringed their patents covering technology related to stimulation leads, batteries and telemetry units, and alleging theft of trade secrets and tortious interference
with contract. We will face significant competition in establishing our market share in the United States and may encounter unforeseen obstacles and competitive
challenges in the United States.
In addition, we face a particular challenge overcoming the long-standing practices by some physicians of using the neuromodulation products of our larger,
more established competitors. Physicians who have completed many successful implants using the neuromodulation products made by these competitors may be
reluctant to try new products from a source with which they are less familiar. If these physicians do not try and subsequently adopt our product, then our revenue
growth will slow or decline.
33
Further, a number of our competitors are currently conducting, or we anticipate will be conducting, clinical trials to demonstrate the results of their SCS
systems. The results of these trials may be equivalent to, or potentially better than, the results of our pivotal U.S. trial.
If our competitors are better able to develop and market neuromodulation products that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use or otherwise more
attractive than our Senza products, our business will be adversely impacted.
The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish a
competitive position in the neuromodulation market by securing broad market acceptance of our HF10 therapy and our Senza products for the treatment of
approved chronic pain conditions. Any product we develop that achieves regulatory clearance or approval will have to compete for market acceptance and market
share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the neuromodulation market are demonstrated clinical effectiveness, product safety, reliability and
durability, ease of use, product support and service, minimal side effects, pricing and contracting, and salesforce experience and relationships. We face significant
competition in the United States and internationally, which we believe will continue to intensify as we grow our presence in the U.S. market. For example, our
major competitors, Medtronic, Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories, each has approved neuromodulation systems in at least the United States, Europe, and
Australia and have been established for several years. Further, since the launch of our product, these major competitors have all launched new SCS systems:
Medtronic launched the Intellis system, Boston Scientific launched the Spectra WaveWriter SCS system, the WAveWriter Alpha SCS system and the Fast Acting
Sub-perception Therapy, and Abbott Laboratories launched the Proclaim system. We believe these competitors will continue to launch new products, waveforms,
and datasets to remain competitive. For example, in early 2020 Medtronic announced the acquisition of Stimgenics, a company that has developed a specific
waveform (DTM) with a purported mechanism of action, and the results of an RCT which had strong results versus traditional SCS. The DTM waveforms have
been launched, and launches such as these could result in a reduction of our differentiation in the marketplace. In addition to these major competitors, we also face
competition from companies such as Stimwave, Saluda, Mainstay Medical and Nalu Medical, and may face competition from Neuspera Medical and Biotronik in
the future. These companies are becoming more active in the SCS market. For instance, in the first quarter of 2019, Stimwave received FDA clearance for 10kHz
stimulation, expanding their previous clearance for low frequency therapy, Nalu Medical received FDA clearance in the first quarter of 2019 for their SCS system
and Saluda Medical received CE Mark in the third quarter of 2019 for their SCS system, were added to the Prostheses List for the same system in Australia in July
of 2020 and could potentially launch their SCS system in the United States as early as the first half of 2021. Additionally, there are other emerging competitors
with active neuromodulation system development programs that may emerge in the future. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products
enjoy several advantages over us, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
more experienced sales forces;
greater name recognition;
more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks;
earlier regulatory approval;
long established relationships with physicians and hospitals;
the ability to offer competitive products at a lower price;
significant patent portfolios, including issued U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications, as well as the resources to enforce patents
against us or any of our third-party suppliers and distributors;
the ability to acquire and integrate our competitors and/or their technology;
demonstrated ability to develop product enhancements and new product offerings;
established history of product reliability, safety and durability;
the ability to offer rebates or bundle multiple product offerings to offer greater discounts or incentives;
34
•
•
greater financial and human resources for product development, sales, and marketing; and
greater experience in and resources for conducting R&D, clinical studies, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions, obtaining regulatory
clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.
Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than we do, obtain patents that may apply to us at any time, obtain regulatory
clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we do or develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our
technology or products obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, and management
personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients in clinical studies. If our competitors are more successful than we are in these matters, our business
may be harmed.
We have a history of significant losses. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition could suffer.
We have experienced significant net losses, and have no assurance that we will achieve profitability. We expect to continue to incur losses as we build our
U.S. commercial operations and continue to investigate the use of our HF10 therapy to treat other chronic pain conditions. We incurred net losses of $83.1 million,
$103.7 million and $49.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, our accumulated deficit was
$492.8 million. Our prior losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. If our revenue grows more
slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses are higher than we expect, we may not be able to achieve profitability and our financial condition could
suffer. Our patent infringement lawsuits with Boston Scientific Corporation have caused us to, and may continue to cause us to, incur substantial legal
expenses. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.
Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of our products.
Currently, the gross profit generated from the sale of our Senza products is not sufficient to cover our operating expenses. To achieve our operating and
strategic goals, we will, among other things, need to reduce the per-unit manufacturing cost of Senza. This cannot be achieved without increasing the volume of
components that we purchase in order to take advantage of volume-based pricing discounts, improving manufacturing efficiency or increasing our volume to
leverage manufacturing overhead costs. While we made the strategic decision in the third quarter of 2020 to reduce our reliance on third party manufacturers by
initiating a plan to establish manufacturing operations in Costa Rica, which is, at least in part, intended to improve our long-term gross margin, there can be no
assurance such actions will be successful or not ultimately result in us incurring more costs. If we are unable to improve manufacturing efficiency and reduce
manufacturing overhead costs per unit, our ability to achieve profitability will be severely constrained. Any increase in manufacturing volumes is dependent upon a
corresponding increase in sales. The occurrence of one or more factors that negatively impact the manufacturing or sales of Senza or reduce our manufacturing
efficiency may prevent us from achieving our desired reduction in manufacturing costs, which would negatively affect our operating results and may prevent us
from attaining profitability.
If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the use of Senza, our revenue will be negatively impacted.
Our success in marketing our products depends and will depend in large part on whether U.S. and international government health administrative
authorities, private health insurers and other organizations adequately cover and reimburse customers for the cost of our products.
In the United States, we expect to derive nearly all our sales from sales of our products to hospitals and outpatient surgery centers who typically bill
various third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related
organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with our products and bill patients for any applicable
35
deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for SCS procedures using Senza (and our other products in development) by third-
party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.
We believe that SCS procedures using our products are adequately described by existing CPT, HCPCS II and ICD-10-CM codes for the implantation of
spinal cord stimulators and related leads performed in various sites of care, although such codes generally do not specifically describe procedures using either low-
frequency or high-frequency stimulation. In the United States, although CMS approved a transitional pass-through payment for High-Frequency Stimulation under
the Medicare hospital outpatient prospective payment system effective as of January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2017, our customers currently do not receive
separate reimbursement for our products, and the additional cost associated with the use of our products can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery
center where the procedure is performed.
Accordingly, we believe that some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt Senza over more established or lower-cost therapeutic alternatives
already available or that may subsequently become available. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for SCS procedures
using Senza could make it difficult for new customers to adopt Senza and could create additional pricing pressure for us, which could adversely affect our ability to
invest in and grow our business.
Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling
healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-
party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. Favorable
reimbursement decisions from Medicare and certain commercial payors, such as Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Blue Cross Blue Shield and Kaiser, have contributed to
our increase in revenue to date, while we continue to engage in efforts to educate payors on the advantages of HF10 therapy. However, there can be no assurance
that all private health insurance plans will cover the product. A significant number of negative coverage and reimbursement decisions by private insurers may
impair our ability or delay our ability to grow our revenue. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice,
deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will
require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate
reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.
Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals must be
obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that
country. Further, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures. In most
markets there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement is not available for our current or
future products, in either the United States or internationally, the demand for our products and our revenues will be adversely affected.
We do not expect our worldwide revenue growth to continue at historic rates.
Our worldwide revenue has increased from $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $362.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2020. Since May 2015 when we commenced the commercial launch of Senza in the U.S., our worldwide revenue growth has been substantially driven by sales of
Senza products in the United States. Despite the significant growth in sales in the U.S. for many years following our launch, we do not expect to continue this
historic rate of revenue growth in the U.S. or on a worldwide basis. Further, due to a number of factors, including governmental reimbursement constraints in the
European SCS market limiting the number of annual SCS implants, market pressure in Australia and our current penetration in these markets, we expect minimal,
if any, growth in our international markets. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our revenue in 2020 and we expect continued impact in 2021 as the pandemic
continues.
36
If we fail to develop and retain an effective direct sales force in the United States, our business could suffer.
As we increase our commercial and marketing efforts, we will need to retain, develop and grow the number of direct sales personnel that we employ. We
continue to make a significant investment in recruiting and training sales representatives and clinical representatives. There is significant competition for sales
personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. Once hired, the training process is lengthy because it requires significant education for new sales
representatives to achieve the level of clinical competency with our products expected by physicians. Upon completion of the training, our sales representatives
typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach in any individual territory.
Furthermore, the use of our products often requires or benefits from direct support from us. If we are unable to attract, motivate, develop and retain a sufficient
number of qualified sales personnel, or if our sales representatives do not achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach, our revenue will not grow at the
rate we expect and our financial performance will suffer. For example, during the first half of 2018, we hired sales personnel at a slower rate that we had expected,
which, among other factors, caused us to lower our expectations for full year 2018 worldwide revenue. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from our competitors,
our new sales representatives will usually be subject to restrictive covenants with their former employers, including non-competition, non-solicitation and/or
confidentiality provisions. As a result, we may have to wait until applicable non-competition provisions have expired before deploying such personnel in restricted
territories or incur costs to relocate personnel outside of such territories. We and certain of our new sales representatives have been, continue to be, and may in the
future be, subject to allegations that these new hires have violated the non-competition clauses, been improperly solicited or divulged to us proprietary or other
confidential information of their former employers. Any of these risks may adversely affect our business.
If we fail to maintain FDA approval to market and sell Senza, or if such approval is impacted in the future, we will be unable to commercially distribute and
market Senza in the United States. Further, we may not be able to obtain required regulatory approvals to expand the indications for which we may market and
sell Senza.
We and our products are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and elsewhere, including by the FDA and its foreign counterparts.
The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions
on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces these regulatory requirements
through periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future FDA inspections. While we have received FDA approval of our
Senza PMA application, there can be no assurance that approval will be maintained. For example:
•
•
•
we may not be able to maintain to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product is safe and effective for its intended use;
we may fail to comply with the guidelines required by FDA and other agencies to maintain our PMA approval; and
the manufacturing processes and facilities we and our vendors use may not meet applicable requirements to maintain our PMA approval.
In addition, we may suffer from product liability or other issues that impact our ability to continue to market the Senza systems in the United States.
Failing to maintain FDA approval could result in unexpected and significant costs for us and consume management’s time and other resources. The FDA
could ask us to improve or augment manufacturing processes, collect and provide data on the quality or safety of our product or issue us warning letters relating to
matters that may result in removal of our product from the market. Additionally, we will be required to obtain FDA approval prior to making any modification to
the device, and the FDA may revoke the approval or impose other restrictions if post-market data demonstrates safety issues or lack of effectiveness. If we are
unable to obtain and maintain the necessary regulatory approvals, our financial condition may be adversely affected, and our ability to grow domestically and
internationally would likely be limited. Further, the failure to obtain approval for new products and
37
new indications, such as painful diabetic neuropathy, on existing products could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Modifications to our products may require us to obtain new PMA approvals or approvals of a PMA supplement, and if we market modified products without
obtaining necessary approvals, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified products until required approvals are obtained.
Certain modifications to a PMA-approved device may require approval of a new PMA or a PMA supplement, or alternatively a notification or other
submission to the FDA. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether a new PMA or PMA supplement is necessary. We may make modifications
to our approved devices in the future that we believe do not require approval of a new PMA or PMA supplement. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and
requires us to submit a new PMA or PMA supplement for modifications to our previously approved products, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall
the modified product until we obtain approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not approve our
products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could require clinical trials to support any modifications. With
respect to PMA-approved devices, any changes to the manufacturing processes, including manufacturing site changes such as the planned change to assemble our
Senza products at our Costa Rica facility when completed, may require prior approval of a PMA supplement before such changes may implemented. Any delay or
failure in obtaining required approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our
future growth.
Our success depends on physicians’ use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain.
Our success is dependent on physicians’ acceptance and use of our HF10 therapy to treat chronic back pain. We believe a significant limitation of current
neuromodulation systems is the limited evidence supporting efficacy of traditional SCS for treating chronic back pain. Senza utilizes high-frequency stimulation
technology capable of delivering waveform of up to 10,000 Hz for spinal cord stimulation that has been shown to be effective in the treatment of both leg and back
pain. However, we may face challenges convincing physicians, many of whom have extensive experience with competitors’ SCS products and established
relationships with other companies, to appreciate the benefits of HF10 therapy and, in particular, its ability to treat back pain as well as leg pain, and adopt it for
treatment of their patients. If Senza is unable to gain acceptance by physicians for the treatment of back pain, our potential to expand the existing neuromodulation
market will be significantly limited and our revenue potential will be negatively impacted.
Our international operations subject us to certain operating risks, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2020, we sell Senza directly in the Netherlands, Austria, Switzerland, United Kingdom, Sweden, Australia, Belgium, Luxembourg,
Norway and Germany and through distributors and agents located in Spain, Italy, Slovakia, Turkey and Kuwait. The sale and shipment of Senza across
international borders, as well as the purchase of components from international sources, subject us to United States and foreign governmental trade, import and
export and customs regulations and laws.
Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly
impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as export controls laws. Any failure to comply with
applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative
penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities and
exclusion or debarment from government contracting.
38
Our international operations expose us and our distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
difficulties in enforcing our intellectual property rights and in defending against third-party threats and intellectual property enforcement actions
against us, our distributors, or any of our third-party suppliers;
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;
a shortage of high-quality sales people and distributors;
third-party reimbursement policies that may require some of the patients who receive our products to directly absorb medical costs or that may
necessitate the reduction of the selling prices of Senza;
relative disadvantages compared to competitors with established business and customer relationships;
the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations;
economic instability;
virus epidemics and pandemics such as the COVID-19 outbreak;
changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to international trade, including any retaliatory tariffs or other actions
taken by foreign countries in response to the U.S. tariffs imposed and threatened by the United States presidential administration;
the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;
scrutiny of foreign tax authorities that could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed on us;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
longer payment cycles;
difficulties in maintaining consistency with our internal guidelines;
difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing requirements;
the imposition of U.S. or international sanctions against a country, company, person or entity with whom we do business that would restrict or
prohibit continued business with the sanctioned country, company, person or entity; and
the imposition of new trade restrictions.
If we experience any of these risks, our sales in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be harmed and our results of operations would suffer.
We are in the process of developing internal manufacturing capabilities for our products, but expect to remain dependent upon third-party manufacturers and
suppliers, in some cases sole- or single-source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our
business.
We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for our products, and to date, have outsourced all our manufacturing operations to third
parties. We are in the process of developing our first in-house manufacturing capabilities, and have commenced plans to build a product manufacturing facility in
Costa Rica, which we expect, if successfully completed, will enable us to partially reduce our reliance on our third-party manufacturers and improve our long-term
gross margins. In order to develop internal manufacturing expertise, we may be forced to devote greater resources and management time than anticipated,
particularly in areas relating to operations, quality, regulatory, facilities and information technology. We also may encounter problems hiring and retaining the
39
experienced scientific, quality control and manufacturing personnel needed to operate our manufacturing processes. If we experience unanticipated employee
shortage or turnover in any of these areas, we may not be able to effectively manage our planned manufacturing operations and we may not achieve the operating
efficiencies that we anticipate from developing these capabilities, which may negatively affect our product manufacturing processes or result in difficulties in
maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Further, we have never developed or conducted any manufacturing activities in-house, and as a
result, our inexperience could exacerbate the likelihood and/or impact of any of the above factors occurring. Any such problems could seriously harm our business.
Even if we are successful in developing our internal manufacturing capabilities, we will continue to rely on a limited number of suppliers who manufacture and
assemble certain components of our products.
The facilities used by us and third-party manufacturers to manufacture our products must be approved by the FDA and any comparable foreign regulatory
authority pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit a PMA to the FDA or any comparable filing to a foreign regulatory authority. We do not
control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, any third-party manufacturers we utilize for compliance with current Good Manufacturing
Practice (cGMP) requirements for manufacture of our products. If we or our third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to
our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority, we or they will not be able to secure and/or
maintain regulatory approval for use of these manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of third-party manufacturers to maintain
adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for
the manufacture of our products or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would
significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our products. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to
comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or
withdrawal of approvals, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect
supplies of our products.
In addition, our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including, for example, failure to follow specific
protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, failure to
properly conduct their own business affairs and infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our
requirements. Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
third parties may threaten or enforce their intellectual property rights against our suppliers, which may cause disruptions or delays in shipment, or
may force our suppliers to cease conducting business with us;
we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies from one or more vendors in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;
we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours;
our suppliers, especially new suppliers, may make errors in manufacturing that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products,
impacting our ability to maintain our PMA approval, or cause delays in shipment, impacting our ability to meet demand in the United States or
international markets;
we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers;
switching components or suppliers, including our planned vertical integration of certain manufacturing capabilities at our new Costa Rica facility,
may require product redesign and possibly submission to FDA, European Economic Area (EEA) Notified Bodies or other foreign regulatory
bodies, which could significantly impede or delay our commercial activities;
we may incur additional costs in switching from certain existing suppliers in connection with our planned build-out of our Costa Rica
manufacturing facility;
40
•
•
•
•
•
one or more of our sole- or single-source suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply components of our products, or may supply products that
do not meet our product requirements;
other customers may use fair or unfair negotiation tactics and/or pressures to impede our use of the supplier;
the occurrence of epidemic or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 outbreak, which may cause one or more of our suppliers to close their operations
either temporarily or permanently;
the occurrence of a fire, natural disaster or other catastrophe impacting one or more of our suppliers may affect their ability to deliver products to
us in a timely manner; and
our suppliers may encounter financial or other business hardships unrelated to our demand, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and
meet our requirements.
We may not be able to quickly establish additional or alternative suppliers for commercialization in the United States if necessary, in part because we may
need to undertake additional activities to qualify such suppliers as required by the regulatory approval process. Any interruption or delay in obtaining products
from our third-party suppliers, or our inability to obtain products from qualified alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability
to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to switch to competing products. Given our reliance on certain single-source suppliers, we are especially
susceptible to supply shortages because we do not have alternate suppliers currently available.
We rely upon third-party, single-source, and in certain cases sole-source, suppliers for many of the components and materials used in our products, and for
critical manufacturing and packaging services, and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business.
A number of the critical components used in our products are supplied to us from single-source, or in certain cases sole-source, suppliers, including leads,
lead extenders, surgical leads, neurostimulator components and telemetry modules. Our ability to supply our products commercially depends, in part, on our ability
to obtain a supply of these components that have been manufactured in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for commercialization
and clinical testing. In most cases, we have not entered into manufacturing, supply or quality agreements with our single-source and sole-source suppliers, some of
which supply components critical to our products. We are not certain that our single-source or sole-source suppliers will be able to meet our demand for their
products and services, either because of the nature of our agreements with those suppliers, or our limited experience with those suppliers, or due to our relative
importance as a customer to those suppliers or otherwise. It may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past
performance. While our suppliers have generally met our demand for their products on a timely basis in the past, they may subordinate our needs in the future to
the needs of their other customers.
Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for the components or processes used in Senza systems, if required, may not be accomplished quickly. If
we are able to find a replacement supplier, such replacement supplier would need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory authority approval, which
could result in further delay. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the single-source or sole-source components and materials used in our products, any
interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a
timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders. In addition, from time to time, certain of our
suppliers experience interruptions and variances in their manufacturing processes, including suppliers of our leads and batteries. Because we are reliant on these
single source suppliers, we are particularly susceptible to supply shortages and, if one of our suppliers were to experience an ongoing or continued manufacturing
problem, and, in particular, our leads and battery suppliers, our ability to meet our forecasted commercial demand could be materially and negatively impacted.
If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of materials, or the level of services we require, on a timely basis and at
commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in
substantially equivalent volumes
41
and quality, and on a timely basis, the continued commercialization of Senza would be impeded, delayed, limited or prevented, which could harm our business,
results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
We may not be able to establish or strengthen our brand.
We believe that establishing and strengthening the Nevro and Senza brands is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of HF10 therapy, particularly
because of the highly competitive nature of the market for SCS products. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing
efforts and our ability to provide physicians with a reliable product for successful treatment of chronic leg and back pain. Additionally, we believe the quality and
reliability of our product is critical to building physician support of this new therapy in the United States and any negative publicity regarding the quality or
reliability of Senza could significantly damage our reputation in the market. Further, given the established nature of our competitors, and our relatively recent
commercial launch in the United States, it is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These brand promotion
activities may not yield increased sales and, even if they do, any sales increases may not offset the expenses we incur to promote our brand. If we fail to
successfully promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our HF10 therapy
may not be accepted by physicians, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.
We have been growing rapidly in recent periods and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. As an organization, we have
only relatively recently commercially launched our product in the United States and commenced a sales representative training program. A commercial launch and
training program of this size is a significant undertaking that requires substantial financial and managerial resources. We intend to continue to grow and may
experience periods of rapid growth and expansion, which could place a significant additional strain on our limited personnel, information technology systems and
other resources. In particular, the hiring of our direct sales force in the United States requires significant management, financial and other supporting resources.
Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.
To achieve our revenue goals, we must successfully increase manufacturing output to meet expected customer demand. In the future, we may experience
difficulties with manufacturing yields, quality control, component supply and shortages of qualified personnel, among other problems. These problems could result
in delays in product availability and increases in expenses. Any such delay or increased expense could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.
Future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional
employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure.
In order to manage our operations and growth we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information
technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business
strategy and our operating results and business could suffer.
If we fail to receive access to hospital facilities, our sales may decrease.
In the United States, in order for physicians to use Senza, the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients typically require us to enter into
purchasing contracts. The process of securing a satisfactory contract can be lengthy and time-consuming and require extensive negotiations and management time.
In the European Union (EU), from time to time, certain institutions require us to engage in a contract bidding process in the event that such institutions are
considering making purchase commitments that exceed specified cost thresholds, which vary by jurisdiction. These processes are only open at certain periods of
time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process. If we do not receive access to hospital facilities via these contracting processes or otherwise, or if we
are
42
unable to secure contracts or tender successful bids, our sales may stagnate or decrease and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend
significant effort in these time-consuming processes and still may not obtain a purchase contract from such hospitals.
We rely in part on a small group of third-party distributors to effectively distribute our products outside the United States.
We depend in part on medical device distributors for the marketing and sales of our products in certain territories in Europe. We depend on these
distributors’ efforts to market our products, yet we are unable to control their efforts completely. These distributors typically sell a variety of other, non-competing
products that may limit the resources they dedicate to selling Senza. In addition, we are unable to ensure that our distributors comply with all applicable laws
regarding the sale of our products. If our distributors fail to effectively market and sell Senza in full compliance with applicable laws, our operating results and
business may suffer. Recruiting and retaining qualified third-party distributors and training them in our technology and product offering requires significant time
and resources. To develop and expand our distribution, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our distributors. Further,
if our relationship with a successful distributor terminates, we may be unable to replace that distributor without disruption to our business. If we fail to maintain
positive relationships with our distributors, fail to develop new relationships with other distributors, including in new markets, fail to manage, train or incentivize
existing distributors effectively, or fail to provide distributors with competitive products on attractive terms, or if these distributors are not successful in their sales
efforts, our revenue may decrease and our operating results, reputation and business may be harmed.
We may face product liability claims that could result in costly litigation and significant liabilities.
Manufacturing and marketing Senza, and clinical testing of our HF10 therapy, may expose us to product liability and other tort claims. Although we have,
and intend to maintain, liability insurance, the coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate and one or more successful claims brought against us
may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For example, in 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to hear an appeal where the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit ruled that the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 to the FFDCA did not preempt state laws in a product liability case
involving a medical device company. If other courts in the United States adopt similar rulings, we may be subject to increased litigation risk in connection with our
products. Product liability claims could negatively affect our reputation, continued product sales, and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for our
products.
If clinical studies for future indications do not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or approval in the United States or elsewhere, we will
be unable to commercialize our products for these indications.
Clinical trials are necessary to support PMA applications and may be necessary to support PMA supplements for modified versions of our marketed device
products. This would require the enrollment of large numbers of suitable subjects, which may be difficult to identify, recruit and maintain as participants in the
clinical trial. Adverse outcomes in the post-approval studies could also result in restrictions or withdrawal of approval of the PMA. We will likely need to conduct
additional clinical studies in the future to support new indications for our products or for approvals or clearances of new product lines, or for the approval of the
use of our products in some foreign countries. For example, we are currently conducting clinical trials for Senza to explore the potential for HF10 therapy to treat
certain chronic pain conditions, including chronic upper limb and neck pain, painful neuropathies (including painful diabetic neuropathy) and non-surgical
refractory back pain. We will likely need to conduct additional clinical studies in the future to support regulatory approval for the use of our products to treat some
of these new indications. Clinical testing can take many years, is expensive and carries uncertain outcomes. The initiation and completion of any of these studies
may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:
•
•
the FDA, Institutional Review Boards (IRBs), Ethics Committees, EU Competent Authorities or other regulatory authorities do not approve a
clinical study protocol, force us to modify a previously approved protocol, or place a clinical study on hold;
patients do not enroll in, or enroll at a lower rate than we expect, or do not complete a clinical study;
43
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
patients or investigators do not comply with study protocols;
the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design,
conduct or results inadequate to prove safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could
further delay the clearance or approval of our products;
patients do not return for post-treatment follow-up at the expected rate;
patients experience serious or unexpected adverse side effects for a variety of reasons that may or may not be related to our products such as the
advanced stage of co-morbidities that may exist at the time of treatment, causing a clinical study to be put on hold;
sites participating in an ongoing clinical study withdraw, requiring us to engage new sites;
difficulties or delays associated with establishing additional clinical sites;
third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in our clinical studies, do not perform the clinical studies on the anticipated schedule, or
perform in a manner inconsistent with the investigator agreement, clinical study protocol, good clinical practices, other FDA, IRB or Ethics
Committee requirements, and EEA Member State or other foreign regulations governing clinical trials;
third-party organizations do not perform data collection and analysis in a timely or accurate manner;
regulatory inspections of our clinical studies or manufacturing facilities require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our
clinical studies;
changes in federal, state, or foreign governmental statutes, regulations or policies;
interim or final results are inconclusive or unfavorable as to immediate and long-term safety or efficacy;
the study design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy; or
the statistical endpoints are not met.
In addition, disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may increase the likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling,
conducting or completing our planned and ongoing clinical trials. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of the testing. Our clinical studies may produce negative or
inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical or non-clinical studies in addition to those we have planned.
Our failure to adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory clearance or approval and, ultimately,
the commercialization of that device or indication for use.
We could also encounter delays if the FDA concludes that our financial relationships with investigators results in a perceived or actual conflict of interest
that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself.
Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation and/or equity-
based awards in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation to or ownership interest by the clinical investigator carrying out
the study result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or if the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected interpretation of the study, the
integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result
in the FDA refusing to accept the data as support for our future applications. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing any of our
products currently in development.
Even if our products are approved in the United States, Australia and the EEA, comparable regulatory authorities of additional foreign countries must also
approve the manufacturing and marketing of our products in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and
administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, Australia or the EEA, including additional preclinical studies or clinical
trials. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.
44
Even though we may generate positive data to support the use of our therapy and products for market expansion opportunities, such as NSRBP, and even if we
receive clearance to expand our approved indications of use to include additional indications, such as PDN, internal and external factors may make it more
difficult for these additional indications and market expansion opportunities, or any other indications or other market expansion opportunities we may pursue
in the future, to be commercially successful.
Even if we get clearance to expand our approved indications of use or generate positive data to support the use of our therapy and products for other market
expansion opportunities, internal and external factors may make it more difficult for such expanded indications or uses to be commercially successful. These
factors include, among others, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the perceived efficacy and safety of our therapy and products for such additional indications or uses by healthcare professionals;
the scope, effectiveness and strength of product education, marketing and distribution support, including our sales and marketing team, for such
new additional indications or uses;
our ability to offer our therapy and products for such additional indications or uses for sale at competitive prices;
the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;
education and awareness of patients, treating physicians and referring physicians concerning the use of our therapy and products for such
additional indications or uses;
sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement for such additional indications or uses; and
natural disasters, including pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and political unrest that could inhibit our ability to promote such new
indications or uses and can negatively affect product demand by creating obstacles for patients to seek treatment and undergo elective procedures.
For example, even if we receive approval for HF10 therapy for patients diagnosed with PDN, we will still be required to educate patients and healthcare
professionals of the benefits of our therapy and products for the treatment of painful diabetic neuropathy. If we are unable to successfully educate patients and
healthcare professionals, including referring physicians, we will not be able to establish our HF10 therapy as a viable treatment option for PDN. Further, we will
also be required to either engage and build, or to otherwise contract, a salesforce network to market HF10 for the treatment of PDN. Any such effort could be
costly and time-consuming, and there can be no guarantee that it will be successful. In addition, we will also need to establish payor acceptance of HF10 therapy
as a treatment option for PDN, a process that may not be successful and could take many years to gain broad acceptance. In addition to the foregoing factors, for
our therapy for patients with non-surgical refractory back pain to be commercially successful it will require physicians who treat chronic back pain patients with
back surgery to refer those patients to other physicians to perform an SCS procedure.
As a result of the above factors, any future indications or uses of our therapy and products we may pursue, including for the treatment of PDN and NSRBP,
may not be successfully commercialized and as a result, our business and operating results may be harmed.
If we fail to retain our key executives or recruit and hire new employees, our operations and financial results may be adversely effected while we attract other
highly qualified personnel.
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain our executive officers and other key employees, and recruit and hire new
employees. All of our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, and therefore may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance
notice. The replacement of any of our key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our
business objectives and may harm our business.
In addition, many of our employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of Company stock or be able to exercise a
substantial number of stock options. Our employees may be more likely to
45
leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the
shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock.
Further, our employees’ ability to exercise those options and sell their stock in a public market may result in a higher than normal turnover rate.
Our future success also depends on our ability to retain executive officers and other key employees and attract new key employees. Many executive
officers and other employees in the neuromodulation and medical device industry are subject to strict non-competition, non-solicitation and/or confidentiality
agreements with their employers, including our main competitors Medtronic plc, Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories. Our competitors may allege breaches
of, and seek to enforce, such non-competition, non-solicitation and/or confidentiality agreements or initiate litigation based on such agreements, particularly now
that we have entered the U.S. market. Such litigation, whether or not meritorious, may impede our ability to attract, hire or utilize executive officers and other key
employees who have been or are currently employed by our competitors.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
We currently are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to defend ourselves against intellectual property disputes, which could be expensive and
time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, and hinder our ability to commercialize our existing or
future products.
Our success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to
defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in the medical industry.
Whether merited or not, it is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products.
We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property rights of their former employers or other third parties. For
example, on December 9, 2016, Boston Scientific filed a patent infringement lawsuit alleging our manufacture, use and sale of the Senza system infringes certain
of Boston Scientific’s patents covering technology related to stimulation leads, batteries and telemetry units. On April 27, 2018, Boston Scientific filed a second
lawsuit alleging patent infringement, theft of trade secrets, and tortious interference with contract.
Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent
portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit, or otherwise
interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, and/or export our products. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories,
each have significant patent portfolios covering systems, sub-systems, methods, and manufacturing processes. These competitors may have one or more patents for
which they can threaten and/or initiate patent infringement actions against us and/or any of our third-party suppliers. Our ability to defend ourselves and/or our
third-party suppliers may be limited by our financial and human resources, the availability of reasonable defenses, and the ultimate acceptance of our defenses by
the courts or juries. Further, if such patents are successfully asserted against us, this may result in an adverse impact on our business, including injunctions,
damages and/or attorneys’ fees. From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we may develop non-infringement and/or invalidity positions with
respect to third-party patents, which may or not be ultimately adjudicated as successful by a judge or jury if such patents were asserted against us.
We may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from patent holders, including non-practicing entities, alleging
infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights or misappropriation of trade secrets, or offering licenses to such intellectual property. Any claims that
we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights.
At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of patent infringement actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for
prolonged periods of time. We may also become involved in disputes with others regarding the ownership of intellectual property rights. For example, we jointly
develop intellectual property with certain parties, and disagreements may therefore arise as to the ownership of the intellectual property developed pursuant to
these relationships. If we are unable to resolve these disputes, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights.
46
The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of
litigation significantly increase the risks related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the
following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
stop selling, making, using, or exporting products that use the disputed intellectual property;
obtain a license from the intellectual property owner to continue selling, making, exporting, or using products, which license may require
substantial royalty payments and may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;
incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing, potentially including treble
damages if the court finds that the infringement was willful;
if a license is available from a third-party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property
rights for our products and services;
pay the attorney fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
find non-infringing substitute products, which could be costly and create significant delay due to the need for prior FDA authorization;
find alternative supplies for infringing products or processes, which could be costly and create significant delay due to the need for FDA regulatory
clearance; and/or
redesign those products or processes that infringe any third-party intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive, and/or infeasible.
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims with respect to intellectual property. For more information regarding our ongoing
litigation with Boston Scientific, as well as our lawsuit for patent infringement and false advertisement against Stimwave, and our lawsuit for patent infringement
against Nalu Medical, see the section titled “Legal Proceedings” included under Part II, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or
other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management
personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or
developments, that we do not control. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of
our common stock, the value of the 1.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 (the 2021 Notes) and the value of the 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the
2025 Notes). Additionally, because we often do not control the timing of the public announcements, there is the potential for these announcements to be made
during market hours, necessitating a halt in the trading of our common stock for periods of time. Finally, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and
continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.
If any of the foregoing occurs, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our
products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any litigation or claim against us, even
those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from
our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the neuromodulation industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property
infringement claims against us increases.
In addition, we may indemnify our customers, suppliers and international distributors against claims relating to the infringement of the intellectual property
rights of third parties relating to our products, methods, and/or manufacturing processes. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers,
suppliers, or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors,
regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers, or distributors or
may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our
47
customers may be forced to stop using our products, or our suppliers may be forced to stop providing us with products.
Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to
determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome in these or any
other such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be
harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all.
We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as re-examination or opposition proceedings, before the USPTO or its foreign counterparts
relating to our intellectual property or the intellectual property rights of others. For example, two of our competitors, Boston Scientific and Medtronic, have filed
oppositions in the EU with respect to certain of our patents. Boston Scientific has filed an entitlement action against us in the German courts. In addition, an
anonymous petitioner has filed an opposition before the China National Intellectual Property Administration against one of our patents in China (which has now
been dismissed). Defending our position in proceedings such as these will require management’s time and attention, as well as financial costs. Given the
competitive environment in which we operate, we expect additional challenges to our intellectual property portfolio as we continue commercialization of Senza in
the United States and abroad. An unfavorable outcome in these or any other such proceedings could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights and/or be
unable to enforce our intellectual property rights, which could invite increased competition thereby materially harming our business.
Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.
Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense
of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act) was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a
number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and may affect
patent litigation. The changes also switched the United States patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system. Under a “first-to-file”
system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an
invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern
administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file
provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our
business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the
enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution,
enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made,
and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue
to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or
changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent
applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are
in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.
We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other
proprietary information of former employers or competitors. In addition, many of our executive officers and key employees, as well as our Lead Director, have
worked for our major
48
competitors (or companies acquired by these competitors), which include Boston Scientific, Medtronic and Abbott Laboratories. Although we have procedures in
place that seek to prevent our employees and consultants from using the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their
work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement,
or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or
competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in
substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us
from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets
or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products would
have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from selling our products or from practicing our processes. In addition, we may lose valuable
intellectual property rights or personnel. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with
independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could
have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position may be harmed.
In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary
information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with
parties who have access to them, such as our consultants and vendors, or our former or current employees. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or
patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our
trade secrets and other unpatented or unregistered proprietary information, and once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection. Monitoring
unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property
will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or
misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United
States are less willing or unwilling to enforce trade secret protection.
Further, our competitors may independently develop knowledge, methods and know-how similar, equivalent, or superior to our proprietary technology.
Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully
infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual
property rights. In addition, our key employees, consultants, suppliers or other individuals with access to our proprietary technology and know-how may
incorporate that technology and know-how into projects and inventions developed independently or with third parties. As a result, disputes may arise regarding the
ownership of the proprietary rights to such technology or know-how, and any such dispute may not be resolved in our favor. If any of our trade secrets were to be
lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that
technology or information to compete with us and our competitive position could be adversely affected. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so
as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.
Risks Related to our Financial and Operating Results
We may choose, or need, to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we anticipate our expenses will increase as we continue to build a
commercial sales force in the United States, investigate the use of our HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, continue to otherwise grow
our business, including
49
potentially acquiring other businesses or technologies, manage the maturity of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes, and continue to operate as a public company. In
particular, we believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future on the commercialization of Senza in the United States, as
well as the growth of our sales and marketing efforts and sales representative training, seeking additional foreign regulatory approvals, the preparation and
submission of regulatory filings and the clinical development of any other product candidates or indications we may choose to pursue. These expenditures will also
include costs associated with manufacturing and supply as well as marketing and selling Senza in the United States and elsewhere, and any other future products
approved for sale, R&D, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and obtaining regulatory approvals.
We believe that our growth will depend, in part, on our ability to fund our commercialization efforts, particularly in the United States, and our efforts to
develop our Senza products and HF10 therapy for the treatment of additional chronic pain indications and develop technology complementary to our current
product. In order to further enhance our R&D efforts, pursue product expansion opportunities or acquire a new business or products that are complementary to our
business, we may choose to seek additional funds. If we are unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all, the long-term growth of our business may be
negatively impacted. As a result, we may be unable to compete effectively. Our cash requirements in the future may be significantly different from our current
estimates and depend on many factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the costs of commercializing our products in the United States and elsewhere, including costs associated with product sales, marketing,
manufacturing and distribution;
our ability to maintain the average sales price of our products, in particular if we face pricing pressure from competitors’ products;
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights, including, in particular, the costs of
enforcing our patent rights in the action we filed against Boston Scientific and in defending against Boston Scientific’s action against us;
the R&D activities we intend to undertake in order to expand the chronic pain indications and product enhancements that we intend to pursue;
whether or not we pursue acquisitions or investments in businesses, products or technologies that are complementary to our current business;
the degree and rate of market acceptance of our products in the United States and elsewhere;
changes or fluctuations in our inventory supply needs and forecasts of our supply needs;
our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems;
our ability to hire additional personnel to support our operations as a public company; and
the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.
To finance these activities, we may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt
offerings and collaborative arrangements with corporate partners. We may be unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all.
The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we borrow additional funds or issue
debt securities, these securities could have rights superior to holders of our common stock, the 2021 Notes and the 2025 Notes and could contain covenants that
will restrict our operations. We might have to obtain funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to
our technologies, product candidates, or products that we otherwise would not relinquish. If we do not obtain additional resources, our ability to capitalize on
business opportunities will be limited, we may be unable to compete effectively and the growth of our business will be harmed.
50
Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may negatively impact our stock price in the future.
Our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to, among others, the following reasons:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
physician and payor acceptance of our products and HF10 therapy;
our success in initiating patient trials for HF10 therapy and converting those trials into permanent implants;
fluctuations in our expenses associated with inventory buildup or write-downs from analyzing our inventory for obsolescence or conformity with
our product requirements;
fluctuations in the average sales prices of our products, in particular due to pricing pressure from competitors;
fluctuations in the expenses related to initiating, pursuing and defending lawsuits;
buying patterns of our customers;
the timing, expense and results of our commercialization efforts in the United States and elsewhere, R&D activities, clinical trials and regulatory
approvals;
the introduction of new products and technologies by our competitors;
the productivity of our sales representatives;
difficulties in collecting receivables related to our sales in the United States;
fluctuations in expenses as a result of expanding our commercial operations and operating as a public company;
supplier, manufacturing or quality problems with our products;
changes in our pricing policies or strategies or in the pricing policies or strategies of our competitors; and
changes in coverage amounts or government and third-party payors’ reimbursement policies.
Because of these and other factors, it is likely that in some future period our operating results will not meet investor expectations or those of public market
analysts.
Any unanticipated change in revenues or operating results is likely to cause our stock price to fluctuate. New information may cause investors and analysts
to revalue our business, which could cause a decline in our stock price.
We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to inventory
impairment charges.
As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to
inventory impairment charges. Our products consist of a substantial number of individual components. In order to market and sell Senza effectively, we often must
maintain high levels of inventory. In particular, as we continue to market and sell Senza in the United States, we intend to maintain our high levels of inventory in
order to meet our estimated demand and, as a result, incur significant expenditures associated with such levels of inventory. The manufacturing process requires
lengthy lead times, during which components of our products may become obsolete, and we may over- or underestimate the amount needed of a given component,
in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. As compared to direct manufacturers, our
dependence on third-party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times increasing our risk of inventory obsolescence comparatively, and we would be required
to record an impairment charge, as we did in the first quarter of 2019 and the second quarter of 2020. Furthermore, our products have a limited shelf life due to
sterilization requirements, and part or all of a given product or component
51
may expire and its value would become impaired. We have also experienced inventory write-downs as a result of inventory that did not meet our product
requirements. In addition, as we release later generations of products that contain advancements or additional features, the earlier generations may become
obsolete. If our estimates of required inventory are too high, we may be exposed to further inventory obsolescence risk. In the event that a substantial portion of our
inventory becomes obsolete or expires, or in the event we experience a supply chain imbalance as described above, it could have a material adverse effect on our
earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.
The seasonality of our business creates variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare or forecast our financial results.
Our revenue fluctuates on a seasonal basis, which affects the comparability of our results between periods. For example, due to the seasonality of buying
patterns and implant volumes of distributors, hospitals and clinics, the industry generally experiences lower revenues in the first and third quarters of the year and
higher revenues in the fourth quarter. We have experienced these industry trends to a greater degree than in our initial U.S. commercial launch phase, although
normal purchasing patterns have been disrupted since the COVID-19 pandemic. These seasonal variations are difficult to predict accurately, may vary amongst
different markets, and at times may be entirely unpredictable, which introduce additional risk into our business as we rely upon forecasts of customer demand to
build inventory in advance of anticipated sales.
We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations.
A portion of our business is located outside the United States and, as a result, we generate revenue and incur expenses denominated in currencies other than
the U.S. dollar, a majority of which is denominated in Euros, British Pounds and Australian Dollars. As a result, changes in the exchange rates between such
foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could materially impact our reported results of operations and distort period to period comparisons. Fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates also impact the reporting of our receivables and payables in non-U.S. currencies. As a result of such foreign currency fluctuations, it could
be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause
our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our common stock and the value of the 2021 Notes
and the 2025 Notes could be adversely affected.
In the future, we may engage in exchange rate hedging activities in an effort to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. If our hedging activities
are not effective, changes in currency exchange rates may have a more significant impact on our results of operations.
Our ability to use our net operating losses and tax credits to offset future taxable income and taxes may be subject to certain limitations.
In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is
subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and other tax attributes, such as research and development tax
credits, to offset post-change taxable income and taxes.
As a result of our June 2015 underwritten public offering, we have experienced a Section 382 “ownership change.” We currently believe that this
“ownership change” will not inhibit our ability to utilize our NOLs prior to expiration. However, we may experience additional ownership changes as a result of
subsequent changes in our stock ownership, some of which changes may be outside our control. As a result, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our
NOLs and tax credits, even if we achieve profitability and generate sufficient taxable income in the future. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax
credits in future years as a result of ownership changes, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially
and adversely affect our results of operations. As of December 31, 2020, we had federal NOLs of $497.5 million, of which $238.5 million was generated in fiscal
year 2018 and thereafter, which can be carried forward indefinitely under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Tax Act), as well as state NOLs of $272.8 million,
of which $41.5
52
million may be carried forward indefinitely. If not utilized, the remaining federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2026 and the state NOLs will begin to expire in
2021.
Risks Related to Regulation of our Industry
Senza is subject to extensive governmental regulation, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.
The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state and foreign regulatory
agencies and authorities, such as the EU legislative bodies and the EEA Member State Competent Authorities. The FDA and other U.S., EEA and foreign
governmental agencies and authorities regulate and oversee, among other things, with respect to medical devices:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
design, development and manufacturing;
testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
clinical trials;
product safety;
marketing, sales and distribution;
pre-market regulatory clearance and approval;
conformity assessment procedures;
record-keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and other field safety corrective actions;
post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or
serious injury;
post-market studies; and
product import and export.
The laws and regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Legislative or regulatory changes
could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.
Our failure to comply with U.S. federal and state regulations or EEA or other foreign regulations applicable in the countries where we operate could lead to
the issuance of warning letters or untitled letters, the imposition of injunctions, suspensions or loss of regulatory clearance or approvals, product recalls,
termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. In the most extreme cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our manufacturing facilities are possible.
If any of these risks materialize, our business would be adversely affected.
Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation that could make it more expensive and time consuming for us to expand the potential indications
for which Senza is approved or introduce new or improved products.
Our products must comply with regulatory requirements imposed by the FDA in the United States and similar agencies in foreign jurisdictions. These
requirements involve lengthy and detailed laboratory and clinical testing procedures, sampling activities, extensive agency review processes, and other costly and
time-consuming procedures. It often takes several years to satisfy these requirements, depending on the complexity and novelty of the product. We also are subject
to numerous additional licensing and regulatory requirements relating to safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard
control and disposal of
53
hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. Some of the most important requirements we must comply with include:
•
•
•
•
•
FFDCA and the FDA’s implementing regulations (Title 21 CFR);
European Union CE Mark requirements;
Medical Device Quality Management System Requirements (ISO 13485:2003);
Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements; and
California Department of Health Services requirements.
Government regulation may impede our ability to conduct clinical studies and to manufacture and sell our existing and future products. Government
regulation also could delay our marketing of new products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures on our activities. Foreign regulatory
agencies may not approve Senza and any of our future products on a timely basis, if at all. Any delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, such approvals could
negatively impact our marketing of any future products and reduce our product revenues.
Our products remain subject to strict regulatory controls on manufacturing, marketing and use. We may be forced to modify or recall a product after
release in response to regulatory action or unanticipated difficulties encountered in general use. Any such action could have a material effect on the reputation of
our products and on our business and financial position.
Further, regulations may change, and any additional regulation could limit or restrict our ability to use any of our technologies, which could harm our
business. We could also be subject to new international, federal, state or local regulations that could affect our R&D programs and harm our business in unforeseen
ways. If this happens, we may have to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations, which will harm our results of operations.
We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive
action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, the results of the 2020 Presidential election may impact our business and industry. Namely, the previous
presidential administration took several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or
otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance
of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict whether or how these Executive Orders will be implemented, or whether
they will be rescinded and replaced under the Biden administration. The policies and priorities of an incoming presidential administration are unknown and could
materially impact the regulations governing our products.
In April 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the EU Medical
Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member
States, the regulations would be directly applicable, i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member State laws implementing them, in all EEA member States
and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member States.
The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework
across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation. The Medical Devices Regulation will, however, only
meant to become fully applicable three years after publication (in May 2020). However, on April 23, 2020, to take the pressure off EEA national authorities,
notified bodies, manufacturers and other actors so they can focus fully on urgent priorities related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the European Council and
Parliament adopted Regulation 2020/561, postponing the date of application of the Medical Devices Regulation by one year (to May 2021).
Once applicable, the Medical Devices Regulation will, among other things:
54
•
•
•
•
•
strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available;
establish explicit provisions on manufacturers' responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and safety of devices placed on the
market;
improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification number;
set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the
EU; and
strengthen rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional check by experts before
they are placed on the market.
Once applicable, the Medical Devices Regulation may impose increased compliance obligations for us to access the EU market.
Senza is subject to extensive governmental regulation in foreign jurisdictions, such as Europe, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could
cause our business to suffer.
In the EEA, Senza must comply with the Essential Requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive.
Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to Senza, without which Senza cannot be marketed or sold in the EEA. To
demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE Mark to Senza, we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure,
which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are
not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential
Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization designated by a competent authority of an
EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would audit and examine the
Technical File and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity
following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with
the Essential Requirements. This Certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC
Declaration of Conformity.
As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the Essential Requirements must be based, among other
things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must
demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events,
are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the
device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained
from (1) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be
demonstrated or (3) both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to active implantable medical devices or Class III devices, the manufacturer must
conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from equivalent devices can be justified. The conduct of clinical
studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the competent authorities of the
country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and
time-consuming.
In order to continue to sell Senza in Europe, we must maintain our CE Mark and continue to comply with certain EU Directives. Our failure to continue to
comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, including those administered by authorities of the EEA countries, could result in enforcement actions
against us, including refusal, suspension or withdrawal of our CE Certificates of Conformity by the BSI, which could impair our ability to market products in the
EEA in the future.
55
In addition, we are subject to the EU’s GDPR, which imposes obligations on companies that operate in our industry with respect to the processing of
personal data of individuals within the EEA and the cross-border transfer of such data. The GDPR imposes onerous accountability obligations requiring data
controllers and processors to maintain a record of their data processing and policies. If our or our partners’ or service providers’ privacy or data security measures
fail to comply with the GDPR requirements, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to change the way we use
personal data and/or fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well
as compensation claims by affected individuals, negative publicity, reputational harm and a potential loss of business and goodwill. Data privacy laws in the EU
are developing rapidly and, in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union limited how organizations could lawfully transfer personal data from the EEA
to the United States by invalidating the Privacy Shield and imposing further restrictions on use of the standard contractual clauses, which could increase our costs
and our ability to efficiently process personal data from the EU. Following Brexit and the expiry of the transition period, companies have to comply with the
GDPR and the GDPR as incorporated into the UK national law, with each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of €20 million/ £17.5 million or 4% of
global turnover. The relationship between the UK and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, e.g. how data transfers between
EU member states and the UK will be treated. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure. Pursuant to the EU-UK Trade and
Cooperation Agreement of December 24, 2020, transfers of personal data from the EU to the UK may continue to take place without a need for additional
safeguards during a further transition period, to expire on (1) the date on which an adequacy decision with respect to the UK is adopted by the EU Commission; or
(2) the expiry of four months, which shall be extended by a further two months unless either the EU or the UK objects. It remains unclear whether the EU
Commission will adopt an adequacy decision with respect to the UK. In the absence of such decision after the expiry of the additional transition period, we may
need to put in place additional safeguards for transfers of personal data from the EU to the UK, such as standard contractual clauses approved by the EU
Commission. While we continue to address the implications of the recent changes to EU and UK data privacy regulations, data privacy remains an evolving
landscape at both the domestic and international level, with new regulations coming into effect and continued legal challenges, and our efforts to comply with the
evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices.
Accordingly, we must devote significant resources to understanding and complying with this changing landscape.
In the EEA, we are also subject to Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair
commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. EEA Member State legislation
may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national Codes of
Conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare
professionals.
The misuse or off-label use of our product may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly
to our business, or result in costly investigations and sanctions from the FDA and other regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in off-label
promotion.
Senza has been approved for marketing in the United States, CE Marked in the EEA and approved by the TGA in Australia for specific treatments and
anatomies. We may only promote or market the Senza SCS system for its specifically approved indications as described on the approved label. We train our
marketing and sales force against promoting our products for uses outside of the approved indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” We cannot, however,
prevent a physician from using our product off-label, when in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment he or she deems the use of the product in
the non-approved indication as appropriate. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our product off-label. Furthermore, the
use of our product for indications other than those approved by the applicable regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our
reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.
Physicians may also misuse our product or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of
product liability. If our product is misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Product
liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizable
56
damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. In addition, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or physician support
activities constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training, promotional materials or physician support activities or subject us
to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also
possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label
use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement,
exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations. Further, regulators or legislators may also enhance the
enforcement of, and attempt to curtail, any off-label use by physicians of medical devices in the future. Any of these events could significantly harm our business
and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.
Our products may in the future be subject to notifications, recalls, or voluntary market withdrawals that could harm our reputation, business and financial
results.
The FDA, EEA Competent Authorities and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in
the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could affect patient safety. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must
be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Manufacturers may,
under their own initiative, conduct a product notification or recall to inform physicians of changes to instructions for use, or if a deficiency in a device is found or
suspected. A government-mandated recall or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors,
design or labeling defects or other issues. Recalls, which include certain notifications and corrections as well as removals, of Senza could divert managerial and
financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, harm our reputation with customers, and reduce our ability to achieve expected
revenue.
In addition, the manufacturing of our products is subject to extensive post-market regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, and any failure
by us or our contract manufacturers or suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could result in recalls, facility closures, and other penalties. We and our
suppliers and contract manufacturers are subject to the Quality System Regulation (QSR), and comparable foreign regulations which govern the methods used in,
and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, shipping, and servicing of medical
devices. These regulations are enforced through periodic inspections of manufacturing facilities. Any manufacturing issues at our or our suppliers’ or contract
manufacturers’ facilities, including failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in warning or untitled letters, manufacturing restrictions, voluntary
or mandatory recalls or corrections, fines, withdrawals of regulatory clearances or approvals, product seizures, injunctions, or the imposition of civil or criminal
penalties, which would adversely affect our business results and prospects.
We are required to report certain malfunctions, deaths, and serious injuries associated with our products, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or
agency enforcement actions.
Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to submit information to the FDA when they receive a
report or become aware that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or has or may have a malfunction that would likely cause
or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. All manufacturers placing medical devices on the market in the EEA are legally bound to
report incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the regulatory agency, or competent authority, in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. Under the EU
Medical Devices Directive (Directive 93/42/EEC), an incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device,
as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient, or user or
of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health.
Malfunction of our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls, including corrections, or customer notifications, or agency
action, such as inspection or enforcement actions. If malfunctions do occur, we may be unable to correct the malfunctions adequately or prevent further
malfunctions, in which case
57
we may need to cease manufacture and distribution of the affected products, initiate voluntary recalls, and redesign the products. Regulatory authorities may also
take actions against us, such as ordering recalls, imposing fines, or seizing the affected products. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will
require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.
A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, an EEA Competent Authority or another governmental authority, or the discovery of
serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.
The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities such as the Competent Authorities of the EEA countries have the authority to require the recall of
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to
health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall
by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or
other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results
of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’
demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.
We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare and data privacy and security laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such
laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal, state and foreign governments, as well as data privacy and security
laws and regulations that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information, including health-related information, which could
significantly impact our business. In the United States, the laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving,
offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the
purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal
healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to
violate it in order to have committed a violation;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to
be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to
an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or
decreasing an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting
from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act;
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to
defraud any federal healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters submitted for payment. A person or entity
does not need to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them in order to have committed a violation;
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and their respective implementing
regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their
business associates that perform services for them that involve individually identifiable health information, relating to the
58
•
•
•
privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization, including mandatory
contractual terms as well as directly applicable privacy and security standards and requirements;
the federal physician sunshine requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act, collectively, the ACA, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies to report
annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined
to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other healthcare professionals beginning in 2022, and teaching
hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;
state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or
services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the
industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict
payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report
information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and
foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant
ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA; and
federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information that
could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws,
and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g. Section 5 of the FTC Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and
protection of health-related and other personal information. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which took effect on
January 1, 2020, creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling
certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is
expected to increase data breach litigation. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) recently passed in California. The CPRA will
impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new
audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency
authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the
provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.
The CCPA and the CPRA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level
and in other states. The legislative and regulatory landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing
focus on privacy and data protection issues, which may affect our business and is expected to increase our compliance costs and exposure to
liability. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, the CPRA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any
liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in
light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare
companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding
to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations,
healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity
agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
59
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future,
we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the
curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on us.
In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. In March 2010, the ACA was signed
into law, which included, among other things, comparative effectiveness research initiatives and payment system reforms, including shared savings pilots and other
provisions. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. By way of example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs
Act of 2017, or the Tax Act, includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain
individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14,
2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore,
because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
5th Circuit upheld the District Court’s decision that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine
whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing this case, although it is unclear how the Supreme
Court will rule. It is also unclear how other efforts, if any, to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the law or our business. Any new limitations on,
changes to, or uncertainty with respect to the ability of individuals to enroll in governmental reimbursement programs or other third-party payor insurance plans
could impact demand for our product.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes included an
aggregate reduction in Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, with
the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, on January 2,
2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, was signed into law which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers,
including hospitals. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, enacted on April 16, 2015 (MACRA), repealed the formula by which Medicare
made annual payment adjustments to physicians and replaced the former formula with fixed annual updates and a new system of incentive payments that began in
2019 that are based on various performance measures and physicians’ participation in alternative payment models such as accountable care organizations.
We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and
state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressures.
Our future success depends on our ability to develop, receive regulatory clearance or approval for, additional chronic pain indications for Senza and introduce
new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market in a timely manner.
It is important to our business that we build a pipeline of product offerings for treatment of chronic pain. As such, our success will depend in part on our
ability to expand the chronic pain indications for which our products may be used and/or develop and introduce new products. However, we may not be able to
successfully develop and obtain regulatory clearance or approval for expanded indications or product enhancements, or new products, or these products may not be
accepted by physicians or the payors who financially support many of the procedures performed with our products.
60
The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
identify and anticipate physician and patient needs properly;
develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new products with data from preclinical and clinical studies;
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements;
comply fully with FDA and foreign regulations on marketing of new devices or modified products;
provide adequate training to potential users of our products; and
receive adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures performed with our products.
If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these products or
enhancements, or if our competitors introduce new products with functionalities that are superior to ours, our results of operations will suffer.
Risks Related to Our Securities
Our stock price may be volatile and as a result our stockholders may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price they paid and such
volatility may also adversely impact the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes.
The trading price of our common stock could be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are
beyond our control. These factors include those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section of this Quarterly Report and others such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
achievement of expected product sales and profitability, including the effects of seasonality on our results of operations, as well as adjustments to
our sales forecasts;
the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, see “—Risks Related to our Business—Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth
could be harmed by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic”;
delays or setbacks in the commercialization of Senza or the expansion of indications for which Senza is approved;
announcements of new products by us or our competitors;
announcements or developments in any intellectual property infringement actions in which we may become involved, including our lawsuits with
Boston Scientific;
manufacture, supply or distribution shortages;
fluctuations in our expenses associated with inventory buildup or write-downs from analyzing our inventory for obsolescence or conformity with
our product requirements;
adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials, manufacturing supply chain or sales and marketing activities;
our operating results;
results from, or any delays in, clinical trial programs relating to our product candidates;
changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to our products;
any adverse changes in our relationship with any manufacturers or suppliers;
the success of our efforts to acquire or develop additional products;
61
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
announcements concerning our competitors or the medical device industry in general;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
FDA or other U.S. or foreign regulatory actions affecting us or our industry or other healthcare reform measures in the United States;
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, as well as publications from research analysts associated with short
selling;
trading volume of our common stock;
trading activity in our common stock by the option counterparties to our convertible note hedge transactions to unwind or modify their hedge
positions;
sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders in the future;
general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the United States equity markets, including as a result of volatility related to
the recent coronavirus outbreak and related health concerns; and
the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel.
Because the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes are convertible into shares of common stock, volatility or depressed market prices of our common stock could
have a similar effect on the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. Holders who receive shares of our common stock upon conversion of the 2021 Notes and
2025 Notes will also be subject to the risk of volatility and depressed market prices of our common stock. Similarly, the liquidity of the trading market in the 2021
Notes and 2025 Notes, and the market price quoted for the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for this type of
security and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally.
In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for medical device stocks in particular, have experienced volatility that may have been unrelated
to the operating performance of the issuer. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price or liquidity of our common stock and the value
of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class
action litigation against the issuer. If any of our stockholders were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the
attention of our management would be diverted from the operation of our business, which could seriously harm our financial position. Any adverse determination
in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.
Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes,
or to make cash payments in connection with any conversion of the 2021 Notes or the 2025 Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to
economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient
to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives,
such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our
indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these
activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.
Regulatory actions and other events may adversely affect the value and liquidity of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes.
We expect that many investors in, and potential purchasers of, the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes will employ, or seek to employ, a convertible arbitrage
strategy with respect to the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. Investors would
62
typically implement such a strategy by selling short the common stock underlying the notes and dynamically adjusting their short position while continuing to hold
the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. Investors may also implement this type of strategy by entering into swaps on our common stock in lieu of or in addition to short
selling the common stock.
The SEC and other regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have implemented various rules and taken certain actions, and may in the future adopt
additional rules and take other actions, that may impact those engaging in short selling activity involving equity securities (including our common stock). Such
rules and actions include Rule 201 of SEC Regulation SHO, the adoption by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, and the national
securities exchanges of a “Limit Up-Limit Down” program, the imposition of market-wide circuit breakers that halt trading of securities for certain periods
following specific market declines, and the implementation of certain regulatory reforms required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act of 2010. Any governmental or regulatory action that restricts the ability of investors in, or potential purchasers of, the notes to effect short sales of our common
stock, borrow our common stock or enter into swaps on our common stock could adversely affect the trading price and the liquidity of the 2021 Notes and 2025
Notes.
We may incur substantially more debt or take other actions which would intensify the risks discussed above.
We and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in any debt instruments we may have, some
of which debt may be secured debt. We are not restricted under the terms of the indenture governing our 2021 Notes, and will not be restricted under the terms of
the indenture governing the 2025 Notes, from incurring additional debt, securing existing or future debt, recapitalizing our debt or taking a number of other actions
that are not limited by the terms of the indenture governing the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments
on these notes when due.
If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness
of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock and the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes could be adversely affected.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and provide a
management report on internal control over financial reporting. Further, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our internal control over financial reporting be
attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm.
If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may
be materially misstated. The process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time
consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose
confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock and the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes
could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory
authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes, could have a material effect on our
reported financial results.
Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”), an entity must separately account for the
liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon
conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes is that the
equity component is required to be included in the additional paid-in capital section
63
of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, and the value of the equity component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for
the debt component of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. As a result, we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods
presented as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes to their face amount over the respective terms of the
2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. We will report lower net income (or larger net losses) in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both
the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s non-convertible interest rate, which could adversely affect our reported or future
financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the notes.
In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in
cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the 2021 Notes or the 2025
Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the respective conversion values of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes
exceeds their respective principal amounts. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the
number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued.
In August 2020, the FASB issued a new standard that proposes to changes the accounting for the convertible debt instruments described above. Under the
new standard, an entity may no longer be required to separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments. This could have
the impact of reducing non-cash interest expense, and thereby increasing net income (or decreasing net losses). Additionally, the treasury stock method for
calculating earnings per share will no longer be allowed for convertible debt instruments whose principal amount may be settled using shares. Rather, the if-
converted method may be required, which could decrease our diluted earnings per share. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2021 and interim periods within that year, with early adoption permitted, and can either be adopted on a modified retrospective or full retrospective basis.
If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price and the value of
the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes may decline.
We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our
stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present
themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we
issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price
and the value of the 2021 Notes may decline.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price and the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes
to fall.
In the future, we may sell additional shares of our common stock to raise capital. In addition, a substantial number of shares of our common stock is
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options, upon the vesting of restricted stock units, upon conversion of the 2025 Notes, upon the conversion of the
2021 Notes and upon exercise of the warrants in the warrant transactions we entered into in connection with the offering of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. We
cannot predict the size of future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may have on the market price for our common stock. The issuance and sale of substantial
amounts of common stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of the notes and the market price of
our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our
common stock and the value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes could decline. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding a total of approximately 34.6 million
shares of common stock, and approximately 6.8 million shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under
our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, and Rule 144
and Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
64
If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock and the
value of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes could decline.
Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to
entrenchment of management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our
shares to a potential acquirer or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in
our charter documents include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation,
death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
the required approval of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to remove a director for cause, and the
prohibition on removal of directors without cause;
the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares,
including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile
acquirer;
the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
the required approval of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal
the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our
stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our
stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be
acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
In addition, our classified staggered board is being phased-out pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which was filed on May
24, 2019. Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each director who stands for election or re-election at and after the 2020 annual
meeting of stockholders following the completion of such director’s then-current three-year term will be elected for a one-year term, expiring at the next year’s
annual stockholder meeting. As a result, commencing with the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, our directors will no longer be divided into classes, however
until this time, certain directors will have multiple year terms which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of directors.
In addition, these provisions would apply even if we were to receive an offer that some stockholders may consider beneficial.
We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation
may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or,
among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. The repurchase rights under the 2021 Notes and
65
2025 Notes in connection with a fundamental change and any increase in the conversion rate in connection with a make-whole fundamental change could also
discourage a potential acquirer.
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the
amount of money available to us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements
that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:
•
•
•
•
•
•
we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;
we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;
we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such
directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;
we will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person
against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to
indemnification;
the rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our
directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and
we may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers,
employees and agents.
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, our stockholders’ ability to achieve a return on their investment will
depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if
any, to fund our growth. Therefore, our stockholders are not likely to receive any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend
to pay dividends, our stockholders’ ability to receive a return on their investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock.
There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased it.
General Risk Factors
Changes in tax laws, tax rulings or trade policies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in laws and policy relating to taxes or trade may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The tax regimes we are subject to or operate under, including income and non-income taxes, are unsettled and may be subject to significant change.
Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing
66
laws, could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. Recently enacted legislation and associated regulations have significantly
changed U.S. federal income tax laws, with potential impact to state and local taxation. Further, many counties in Europe have recently proposed or recommended
changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws that may increase our tax obligations in those countries.
In addition, changes in U.S. trade policies could materially and adversely impact our effective tax rate, increase our costs and reduce the competitiveness of
our products.
Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure, and those of our third-party service providers, against cyber-based attacks, network security
breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information
and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, marketing, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing and
distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal
reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory, financial reporting, legal and tax requirements. Our information technology systems, some of which are
managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to computer viruses, “phishing” attacks, attacks by computer hackers,
unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages,
hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency,
levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and
expertise. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may also face increased cybersecurity risks due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our
employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Furthermore, because the techniques
used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to
anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended
period. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer
severe damage, disruption or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements
imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other
similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign
patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance
with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or
complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application
include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit
formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from
marketing products that are the same as or similar to our own, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for
patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of
some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent
third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the
67
United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may
export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to terminate infringing activities.
We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights,
proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at
risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to
assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and if we do prevail, the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be
commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries products that are the same as or similar to
our products, and our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business
may be adversely affected.
Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on
other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential
partners or customers in our markets of interest. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks in foreign jurisdictions,
and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we were
not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. In any case, if we are
unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely
affected.
If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If
any of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if
our clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2020, a
research analyst associated with short selling activity published a report that resulted in short term volatility in our stock. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading
volume to decline.
We incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to
the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley
Act), and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance
of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our
legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly.
In addition, our management and other personnel divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public
company requirements. In particular, we incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We continue to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical
accounting knowledge. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur in order to remain compliant with our public company reporting
requirements or the timing of such costs.
68
Additional compensation costs and any future equity awards will increase our compensation expense, which would increase our general and administrative expense
and could adversely affect our profitability.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters and R&D facilities are located in Redwood City, California, where we lease and currently occupy approximately 50,740 square
feet of office and laboratory space. In December 2016, we amended the original lease for our corporate headquarters in order to increase the space we occupy by
approximately 49,980 square feet of office space adjacent to our corporate headquarters. Our obligations under the amended lease for the new space commenced
on June 1, 2018. The term of the lease for our corporate headquarters and the new adjacent space ends on May 31, 2025. In April 2017, we entered into a second
amendment to the original lease for a temporary space of approximately 8,171 square feet of office space for the period from May 2017 until June 1, 2018, the
commencement of the term for the additional adjacent space. We believe our current headquarters, together with our additional adjacent space, is sufficient for our
current and foreseeable business needs. We also lease a small storage facility in Australia and a small amount of warehouse space in San Carlos, California. In
August 2020, we entered into a lease for approximately 35,411 square feet of manufacturing space to begin in April 2021 and to last through June 2031 at a facility
in Costa Rica. We plan to use this facility to build-out certain manufacturing capabilities so that we can vertically integrate the assembly of IPG’s, peripherals and
various other manufacturing related activities for products that we currently purchase from third-parties.
For additional information, see Note 7, Commitments and Contingencies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual
Report.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The legal proceedings information set forth in Note 7 Commitments and Contingencies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of
this Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable
69
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock has been publicly traded on the NYSE under the symbol “NVRO” since the initial public offering (IPO) of our common stock on
November 6, 2014. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock.
Holders of Record
As of February 16, 2021, there were approximately 16 stockholders of record of our common stock, and the closing price per share of our common stock
was $178.46. Since many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total
number of stockholders represented by these record holders.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Because we currently intend to retain all future earnings to finance future growth,
we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item 5 regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Equity
Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement.
70
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative five-year stockholder return on our common stock to two indices: the S&P 500
Composite Index and the S&P Healthcare Equipment Index. An investment of $100 is assumed to have been made in our common stock and in each of the indices
on December 31, 2015 and its relative performance is tracked through December 31, 2020. The stockholder return shown in the graph below is not necessarily
indicative of future performance, and we do not make or endorse any predictions as to future stockholder returns. This graph shall not be deemed “soliciting
material” or be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to
be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general
incorporation language in any such filing.
$100 investment in stock or index
Nevro Corp. (NVRO)
S&P 500 (GSPC)
S&P Healthcare Equipment (SPSIHE)
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31,
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
$
$
$
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $
107.63 $
109.54 $
112.41 $
102.27 $
130.81 $
146.10 $
57.61 $
122.65 $
159.61 $
174.11 $
158.07 $
195.37 $
256.41
183.77
259.52
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
71
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included
in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2020,
and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements.
(in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Interest and other income (expense), net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share attributable to common
stockholders, basic and diluted
Shares used in computing basic and diluted
net loss per common share
(in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Working capital
Total assets
Short-term debt
Long-term debt
Total stockholders' equity
2020
2019
Years Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
362,048 $
112,146
249,902
45,600
267,154
312,754
(62,852)
(19,345)
—
(82,197)
868
(83,065) $
390,255 $
121,905
268,350
59,017
305,812
364,829
(96,479)
(5,608)
—
(102,087)
1,599
(103,686) $
387,289 $
113,965
273,324
48,459
266,608
315,067
(41,743)
(6,694)
—
(48,437)
768
(49,205) $
326,674 $
98,981
227,693
37,560
219,712
257,272
(29,579)
(5,671)
—
(35,250)
1,408
(36,658) $
228,504
75,433
153,071
33,729
142,423
176,152
(23,081)
(5,806)
(1,268)
(30,155)
1,623
(31,778)
(2.47) $
(3.37) $
(1.64) $
(1.25) $
(1.12)
33,677,641
30,803,872
30,051,961
29,424,054
28,485,003
2020
2019
Years Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
44,597 $
543,373 $
513,941 $
789,428 $
168,776 $
141,771 $
388,460 $
65,373 $
172,429 $
351,441 $
469,645 $
— $
160,300 $
216,352 $
51,266 $
213,281 $
381,445 $
463,116 $
— $
152,394 $
245,483 $
42,845 $
226,467 $
383,177 $
454,056 $
— $
145,019 $
249,172 $
41,406
234,951
378,093
430,583
—
138,140
249,034
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This Annual Report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, particularly statements referencing our
expectations relating to the productivity of our sales force, revenues, deferred revenues, cost of revenues, operating expenses, stock-based compensation and
provision for income taxes; the growth of our customer base and customer demand for our products; the sufficiency of our cash balances and cash flows; the
impact of recent changes in accounting standards; the impact of changes in the tax code as a result of recent federal tax legislation and uncertainty as to how some
of those changes may be applied; market risk sensitive instruments; contractual obligations; and assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. In some cases,
forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “potential,”
or “continue,” or the negative thereof, or other comparable terminology.
72
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, these expectations or any of the forward-
looking statements could prove to be incorrect, and actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in the forward-looking statements. Our
future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the
factors set forth in this Annual Report under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors. All forward-looking statements and reasons why results may differ included in this
Annual Report are made as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements or reasons
why actual results may differ.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing in Part II, Item 8 of this
Annual Report.
Overview
We are a global medical device company focused on providing innovative products that improve the quality of life of patients suffering from chronic
pain. We have developed and commercialized the Senza spinal cord stimulation (SCS) system, an evidence-based neuromodulation platform for the treatment of
chronic pain, and recently launched our newest product platform, Senza® Omnia™. Our proprietary paresthesia-free HF10 therapy, delivered by our Senza system,
was demonstrated in our SENZA-RCT study to be superior to traditional SCS therapy, with HF10 therapy being nearly twice as successful in treating back pain
and 1.5 times as successful in treating leg pain when compared to traditional SCS therapy. Comparatively, traditional SCS therapy has limited efficacy in treating
back pain and is used primarily for treating leg pain, limiting its market adoption. Our SENZA-RCT study, along with our European studies, represents what we
believe is the most robust body of clinical evidence for any SCS therapy. We believe the superiority of HF10 therapy over traditional SCS therapies will allow us
to capitalize on and expand the approximately $2.5 billion, pre-COVID-19 pandemic, global SCS market by treating both back and leg pain without paresthesia.
We launched Senza commercially in the United States in May 2015, after receiving a label from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) supporting
the superiority of our HF10 therapy over traditional SCS. The Senza system has been commercially available in certain European markets since November 2010
and in Australia since August 2011. We have experienced significant revenue growth in the United States since commercial launch. Senza is currently reimbursed
by all of the major insurance providers. In early 2017, we commenced a controlled commercial launch of our family of surgical leads, marketed as the Surpass
surgical lead, and in April 2020 received FDA approval for our reduced-size Surpass-C surgical lead. In January 2018, we received FDA approval of our next
generation Senza II SCS system. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we received FDA approval of our next generation product platform, Senza Omnia, which we
launched in the United States in the fourth quarter of 2019. Additionally, we received approval to commercially launch Senza Omnia in Europe during the second
quarter of 2020 and in Australia in July 2020. The tables below set forth our revenue from U.S. and international sales the past three years on a quarterly basis and
total revenue for each of the past five years.
Q1
2018
Q2
2018
Q3
2018
Q4
2018
Q1
2019
Q2
2019
Q3
2019
Q4
2019
Q1
2020
Q2
2020
Q3 2020
Q4 2020
Revenue from:
U.S. sales
International sales
Total revenue
Revenue from:
U.S. sales
International sales
Total revenue
(in millions)
$ 70.6 $ 79.9 $ 79.6 $ 91.6 $ 65.8 $ 78.1 $ 84.2 $ 97.9 $ 75.3 $ 51.0 $ 90.9 $ 94.6
15.1
$ 87.6 $ 96.1 $ 95.6 $ 107.9 $ 82.1 $ 93.6 $ 100.2 $ 114.4 $ 87.5 $ 56.4 $ 108.5 $ 109.7
17.5
16.3
16.0
16.5
12.2
16.3
15.5
17.0
16.2
16.0
5.4
2016
2017
2018
(in millions)
2019
2020
$
$
173.3 $
55.2
228.5 $
263.5 $
63.2
326.7 $
321.8 $
65.5
387.3 $
326.0 $
64.3
390.3 $
311.9
50.2
362.0
Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through equity and debt financings and borrowings under a debt facility. Our accumulated
deficit as of December 31, 2020 was $492.8 million. A significant amount of our capital resources has been used to support the development of our Senza products
and
73
HF10 therapy, and we have also made a significant investment building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and sales force to support our commercialization efforts
in the United States. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our U.S. commercial infrastructure, as well as in research and development (R&D)
to develop Senza to treat other chronic pain indications, including conducting clinical trials to support our future regulatory submissions. In order to further
enhance our R&D efforts, pursue product expansion opportunities or acquire a new business or products that are complementary to our business, we may choose to
raise additional funds, which may include future equity and debt financings.
In April 2020, we issued $165.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the 2025 Notes) in a registered
underwritten public offering and an additional $24.8 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise in full of their option
to purchase additional 2025 Notes. The 2025 Notes’ interest rates are fixed at 2.75% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1
of each year, commencing on October 1, 2020. The total net proceeds from the 2025 Notes, after deducting initial purchase discounts and debt issuance costs,
were approximately $183.6 million. In connection with the offering of the 2025 Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions in which we have the
option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain specified events) a total of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at a price of
approximately $105.00 per share. The total cost of the convertible note hedge transactions was $52.4 million. In addition, we sold warrants to certain bank
counterparties whereby the holders of the warrants have the option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain specified events) a total of approximately
1.8 million shares of our common stock at a price of $147.00 per share. We received $34.9 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants. The net cost
incurred in connection with the convertible note hedge and warrant transactions was $17.5 million. Concurrent with the registered underwritten public offering of
the 2025 Notes, we completed an underwritten public offering of common stock and issued 1,868,750 shares of common stock, including 243,750 shares issued
pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. As a result of this public offering of common stock, we received cash
proceeds of $147.1 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs.
We rely on third-party suppliers for all of the components of our Senza products, and currently for the assembly of these systems. Several of these
suppliers are currently single-source suppliers. We have entered into and/or amended several supply agreements in an effort to reinforce our supply chain. We are
also required to maintain high levels of inventory, and, as a result, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory
impairment charges. In particular, we have substantially increased our levels of inventory in order to meet our estimated demand in the United States and, as a
result, incur significant expenditures associated with such increases in our inventory. Additionally, as compared to direct manufacturers, our dependence on third-
party manufacturers exposes us to greater lead times, increasing our risk of inventory obsolescence. In the third quarter of 2020, we made the strategic decision to
vertically integrate the assembly of IPG’s, peripherals and various other manufacturing related activities to mitigate our reliance on third-party manufacturers and
improve our long-term gross margins. We plan on conducting these manufacturing activities in a facility in Costa Rica, for which our lease will begin in April
2021. The integration process is expected to be completed in 2022. Even after this integration process is completed, we expect that we will continue to rely on
third-party manufacturers to provide key components to support the assembly process. We may incur significant capital expenditures and implementation costs to
initiate the manufacturing operations in Costa Rica.
COVID-19 Pandemic
We are subject to risks related to the public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. In December 2019, a novel strain of
coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most
countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact our operations and
revenues and overall financial condition by decreasing the number of Senza systems procedures performed. The number of Senza systems procedures performed,
similar to other elective surgical procedures, has decreased as health care organizations globally have prioritized the treatment of patients with COVID-19 and as
governments imposed restrictions on the performance of elective procedures. Additionally, overall patient willingness to pursue elective procedures has decreased
due to the pandemic. These measures and challenges, however, will likely continue for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and will reduce our
revenue while the pandemic continues.
74
In addition, even as the severity of the pandemic subsides, we expect that demand for Senza system procedures may not return to historic levels as rapidly
as originally anticipated as prospective patients may decide to delay the procedure until fully vaccinated for COVID-19. Because the rollout of COVID-19
vaccines has, and could continue to, experience significant delays, this may result in a meaningful delay in patients seeking to have a Senza system trial in the near
term. Further, we anticipate that the substantial backlog of patients seeking appointments with physicians and surgeries to be performed at hospitals and
ambulatory surgery centers relating to a variety of medical conditions, will result in patients seeking to have Senza system trials or implant procedures performed
having to navigate limited provider capacity. We believe these factors may have an adverse effect on the recovery of the global SCS therapy market and, as a
result, the amount of time we predict for our sales to recover following the end of the pandemic.
Numerous state and local jurisdictions, as well as foreign governments such as the United Kingdom and Germany, imposed, and others in the future may
impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-
19. In multiple instances in 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters are located, issued a temporary “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders
restricting non-essential activities, travel and business operations for an indefinite period of time, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders
or restrictions have resulted in our headquarters temporarily closing, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, among
other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Other disruptions or potential disruptions include restrictions on our personnel and personnel of partners
to travel and access customers for training and case support; delays in approvals by regulatory bodies; delays in product development efforts; and additional
government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts that may further impact our capacity to manufacture, sell and support the use of our Senza
systems.
While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, the widespread pandemic has resulted
in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively
affect our liquidity, including our ability to repay our senior convertible notes which are due in June 2021 and April 2025. The COVID-19 pandemic has also
resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States which may continue even after the pandemic. The occurrence of any such events may lead
to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which could adversely affect the number of Senza systems sold after the pandemic has ended. We
expect any further shelter-in-place policies and restrictions on elective surgical procedures worldwide to have a substantial near term impact on our revenue. In
addition, a recession or market correction resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially affect our business and the value of our common stock.
Important Factors Affecting our Results of Operations
In addition to the impact of COVID-19, we believe that the following factors have impacted, and we expect will continue to impact, our results of
operations.
Importance of Physician Awareness and Acceptance of Our Products
We continue to invest in programs to educate physicians who treat chronic pain about the advantages of Senza. This requires significant commitment by
our marketing team and sales organization, and can vary depending upon the physician’s practice specialization, personal preferences and geographic location.
Further, we are competing with well-established companies in our industry that have strong existing relationships with many of these physicians. Educating
physicians about the advantages of our Senza products, including our latest product, Senza Omnia, which we recently launched both in the United States and
worldwide, and influencing these physicians to use these products to treat chronic pain, is required to grow our revenue.
Reimbursement and Coverage Decisions by Third-Party Payors
Healthcare providers in the United States generally rely on third-party payors, principally federal Medicare, state Medicaid and private health insurance
plans, to cover and reimburse all or part of the cost of our products and the related implant procedure for patients. The revenue we are able to generate from sales
of our products depends in large part on the availability of reimbursement from such payors. While we currently have a favorable
75
reimbursement decision from Medicare, decisions of coverage and reimbursement for Senza and the related implant procedure from private health insurance
providers can vary. In general, these decisions require that such payors perform analyses to determine if the procedure is medically necessary and if our technology
is covered under their existing coverage policies. These payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that the device or procedure was not used in accordance
with the payor’s coverage policy. A significant component of our commercial efforts includes working with private payors to ensure positive coverage and
reimbursement decisions for our products. Favorable reimbursement decisions from Medicare and certain commercial payors, such as Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Blue
Cross Blue Shield and Kaiser, have contributed to our increase in revenue to date. Although the largest commercial payors and Medicare cover Senza, there can be
no assurance that all private health insurance plans will cover the product. A significant number of negative coverage and reimbursement decisions by private
insurers may impair our ability or delay our ability to grow our revenue.
Inventory Buildup and Supply Chain Management
Our products are composed of a substantial number of individual components and, in order to market and sell them effectively, we must maintain high
levels of inventory. In particular, since our commercial launch of Senza in the United States, we have continued to add suppliers to fortify our supply chain and we
have maintained increased levels of inventory. As a result, a significant amount of our cash used in operations has been associated with maintaining these levels of
inventory. There may also be times in which we determine that our inventory does not meet our product requirements, as was the case for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019, wherein we recorded a write-down of inventory of $2.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Further, the manufacturing process
for our products requires lengthy lead times, during which components may become obsolete. We may also over- or underestimate the quantities of required
components, in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. These factors subject us to the risk
of inventory obsolescence and expiration, which may lead to inventory impairment charges. As we release later generations of products that contain advancements
or additional features, the earlier generations may become obsolete, as was the case in the year ended December 31, 2020, when we recorded a charge of $2.6
million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded a charge of $3.6 million related to the cancellation of firm purchase commitments.
Investment in Research and Clinical Trials
We intend to continue investing in R&D to expand into new indications and chronic pain conditions, as well as develop product enhancements to improve
outcomes and enhance the physician and patient experience. For example, we commenced commercial launches of Surpass, our surgical lead product family in
early 2017 and Senza II SCS System in late 2017. Most recently, we launched our next generation product platform, Senza Omnia, in the United States in late
2019, in Europe during the second quarter of 2020 and in Australia in July 2020. We are continuing to invest in product improvements to Senza, including
enhanced MRI capabilities and a next generation IPG. While R&D and clinical testing are time consuming and costly, we believe expanding into new indications,
implementing product improvements and continuing to demonstrate HF10 efficacy, safety and cost effectiveness through clinical data are all critical to increasing
the adoption of HF10 therapy. We initiated two randomized controlled trials in 2018, SENZA-PDN and SENZA-NSRBP, which evaluate HF10 therapy for the
treatment of painful diabetic neuropathy and non-surgical refractory back pain, respectively. In January 2020, we presented the three-month data from our SENZA-
PDN study at NANS 2020, which was the largest SCS randomized controlled trial conducted to date for PDN. In January 2021, we presented the six-month data
from our SENZA-PDN study at NANS 2021. With regard to the SENZA-NSRBP study, we presented the three-month primary endpoint results in January 2021 at
NANS 2021, representing the first release of data from this randomized controlled trial. Both the SENZA-PDN and SENZA-NSRBP studies are ongoing, and
further data will be presented and published in leading journals as the data becomes available.
Significant Investment in U.S. Sales Organization
We are continuing to make investments in building our U.S. commercial infrastructure and recruiting and training our U.S. sales force. This is a lengthy
process that requires recruiting appropriate sales representatives, establishing and, on occasion, refining a commercial infrastructure in the United States and
training our sales representatives. Following initial training for Senza, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field
76
to grow their network of accounts and produce sales results. Successfully recruiting and training a sufficient number of productive sales representatives has been
required to achieve growth at the rate we expect.
Access to Hospital Facilities
In the United States, in order for physicians to use our products, the hospital facilities where these physicians treat patients often require us to enter into
purchasing contracts directly with the hospital facilities or with the Group Purchasing Organizations of which the hospital facilities are members. This process can
be lengthy and time-consuming and requires extensive negotiations and management time. In Europe, we may be required to engage in a contract bidding process
in order to sell our products, where the bidding processes are only open at certain periods of time, and we may not be successful in the bidding process.
We Do Not Expect to Continue to Experience Our Historical Worldwide Revenue Growth Rates
Our worldwide revenue has increased from $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $362.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2020. Since May 2015 when we commenced the commercial launch of Senza in the U.S., our worldwide revenue growth has been substantially driven by sales of
Senza in the United States. Over the past two years, our revenue growth in international markets has slowed significantly. Although we had experienced
significant growth in sales in the United States for several years following our launch, we do not expect to continue that historic rate of revenue growth in the
United States or on a worldwide basis. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our revenue in 2020 and we expect continued impact in 2021 as the pandemic
continues. Further, due to a number of factors, including governmental reimbursement constraints in the European SCS market limiting the number of annual SCS
implants, market pressure in Australia and our current penetration in these markets, we expect minimal, if any, growth in our international markets.
Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates
Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The preparation of these
consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. On an
ongoing basis, we evaluate our critical accounting policies and estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we
believe to be reasonable in the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are
not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the estimates,
judgments and assumptions involved in the accounting for revenue recognition, inventory, stock-based compensation, income taxes and allowance for doubtful
accounts have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements, so we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. We discuss below
the critical accounting estimates associated with these policies. Historically, our estimates, judgments, and assumptions relative to our critical accounting policies
have not differed materially from actual results. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
77
Revenue
On January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method
applied to contracts which were not completed as of that date. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while
prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic accounting under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC
606, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, we will recognize revenue earlier for arrangements where we have satisfied its performance
obligations but have not issued invoices. These amounts are recorded as unbilled receivables, which are included in accounts receivable on the consolidated
balance sheet, as we have an unconditional right to payment at the end of the applicable period.
Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of the
Company’s goods to its customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring the goods.
For a majority of sales, where our sales representative delivers our product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, we recognize
revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents the point in time when control transfers to the customers.
For the remaining sales, which are sent from the Company’s distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales,
where product is ordered in advance of an implantation, the transfer of control occurs at the time of shipment of the product. These customers are obligated to pay
within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. We do not offer rights of return or price protection. To the extent that we have a
post-delivery obligation, such as programming devices that have been delivered as part of a direct-ship order, we defer revenue and the associated cost of goods
sold associated with the post-delivery obligation only if the amounts are deemed material.
For further discussion on revenue recognition see Note 3, Revenue, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Inventory Valuation
We contract with third parties for the manufacturing and packaging of all of the components of our Senza products. We plan the manufacture of our
systems based on estimates of market demand. The nature of our business requires that we maintain sufficient inventory on hand to meet the requirements of our
customers. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method, which approximates the first-in,
first-out basis. Net realizable value is determined as the prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and
transportation.
We regularly review inventory quantities compared to forecasted sales to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate. Inventory
write-downs are recorded for excess and obsolete inventory. We estimate forecasted sales by considering:
•
•
•
•
•
product acceptance in the marketplace;
customer demand;
historical sales;
product obsolescence; and
technological innovations.
Any inventory write-downs are recorded in cost of revenue within the statements of operations during the period in which such write-downs are determined
necessary by management.
78
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the
award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model. The fair value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the stock option award, which is generally the vesting term
of four years, with the exception of performance based stock option awards, whose fair value is recognized as expenses when it is determined that achieving the
performance metrics are probable.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The
assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties
and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, so that they are inherently subjective. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our
stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:
Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-
coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We utilize our historical data for the
calculation of expected term.
Volatility. We have incorporated our historical stock trading volatility with those of our peer group for the calculation of volatility. Industry peers consist
of several public companies in the medical device technology industry with comparable characteristics including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within
the industry. We regularly evaluate our peer group to assess changes in circumstances where identified companies may no longer be similar to us, in which case,
more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. We currently do not expect
to issue any dividends.
In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based
compensation for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As
we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation
expense.
In 2015, we began issuing restricted stock units (RSUs). We account for stock-based compensation for the RSUs at their fair value, based on the closing
market price of our common stock on the grant date. These costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the
vesting term of four years.
In 2016, we granted performance based RSUs to our former CEO that only vest upon the achievement of specific operational performance criteria. The
stock-based compensation for these performance based RSUs are recognized as expenses when it is determined that achieving the performance metrics are
probable. Upon the former CEO’s resignation from the Company in March 2019, the unvested shares subject to this award as of the separation date have been
cancelled.
In 2019, we granted RSUs to our current CEO, which entitle him to receive a number of shares of our common stock based on our stock price performance
compared to a specified target composite index over a three-year period. The number of shares to be issued upon vesting ranges from zero to 3.5 times the number
of RSUs granted, depending on the relative performance of our common stock compared to the targeted composite index. The fair value of these grants is
determined by using the Monte Carlo simulation model, which is based on a discounted cash flow approach, and requires inputs such as expected volatility of our
stock price, expected volatility
79
of the targeted composite index, correlation between the changes in our stock price and the target composite index, risk-free interest rate and expected
dividends. The expected volatility of our stock and the target composite index is based on the historical data. Correlation is based on the historical relationship
between our stock price and the target composite index. The risk-free interest rate is based upon the treasury yield consistent with the vesting term of the grant. The
expected dividend yield is zero. Stock-based compensation for these restricted stock units is recognized over the specified performance measurement.
We estimate the fair value of the rights to purchase shares by employees under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan using the Black-Scholes option pricing
formula. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for consecutive six-month offering periods and we use our own historical volatility data in the valuation.
Income Tax
We recognize deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes.
We periodically evaluate the positive and negative evidence bearing upon realizability of our deferred tax assets. Based upon the weight of available evidence,
which includes our historical operating performance, reported cumulative net losses since inception and difficulty in accurately forecasting our future results, we
maintained a full valuation allowance on our net U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. We intend to maintain a full
valuation allowance on the federal and state deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.
As of December 31, 2020, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $497.5 million, of which $238.5 million was generated in fiscal year
2018 and thereafter, which can be carried forward indefinitely under the 2017 Tax Act, as well as state NOLs of $272.8 million, of which $41.5 million may be
carried forward indefinitely. If not utilized, the remaining federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2026 and the state NOLs will begin to expire 2021. We have no
foreign NOL carryforwards. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2026 and California research tax credits that do not
expire. Realization of these NOL and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire
unused and be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards or other tax
attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience, or have experienced, a Section 382 “ownership change.” A Section 382
“ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by a
greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.
No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to our NOLs and tax credits, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance.
We experienced a Section 382 “ownership change” as a result of our June 2015 underwritten public offering. We currently estimate this “ownership change” will
not inhibit our ability to utilize our NOLs. However, we may, in the future, experience one or more additional Section 382 “ownership changes” as a result of
subsequent changes in our stock ownership, some of which changes are outside our control. If so, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and
tax credits even if we achieve profitability and generate sufficient taxable income. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in
which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could materially and adversely affect
our results of operations.
We record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities and adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information
not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from
our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in
which new information is available. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. A nominal
amount of interest and penalties have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2020 and 2019. No interest or penalties related to
income taxes have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2018.
80
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Tax Act) was enacted into law. The recorded impact for the effects of the 2017 Tax Act
is based on our current knowledge, assumptions and interpretations of available guidance. We elected to account for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income
(GILTI) as a current period expense when incurred. We will continue to monitor the issuance of additional regulatory or accounting guidance and record any
necessary adjustments in the period for which additional guidance is issued.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We make estimates as to the overall collectability of accounts receivable and provide an allowance for accounts receivable considered uncollectible based
on current expected credit losses. We specifically analyze accounts receivable based on historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-
worthiness, the age of the receivable, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful
accounts. We record the adjustment in general and administrative expense. Our accounts receivable balance was $77.7 million, net of allowance of $3.0 million, as
of December 31, 2020 and $82.8 million, net of allowance of $0.8 million, as of December 31, 2019.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Our revenue is generated primarily from sales to two types of customers: hospitals and outpatient medical facilities, with each being served primarily
through a direct sales force. Sales to these entities are billed to, and paid by, the hospitals and outpatient medical facilities as part of their normal payment
processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer, check or credit card payment. Product sales to third-party distributors are billed to and
paid by the distributors as part of their normal payment processes, with payment received by us in the form of an electronic transfer.
U.S. revenue is generally recognized after our sales representatives deliver our product at the point of implantation and upon the completion and
authorization of the implant procedure. In response to competitive practices and pressures, we have offered some volume price discounting for larger orders,
where products are ordered in advance of an implantation and revenue is recognized when the transfer of control occurs at the time of shipment.
Revenue from sales of our Senza products fluctuate based on the selling price of the system, as the average sales price of a system varies geographically
and by the type of system sold, and based on the mix of sales by geography. Our revenue from international sales can also be significantly impacted by fluctuations
in foreign currency exchange rates, as our sales are denominated in the local currency in the countries in which we sell our products.
We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including seasonality. For example, the industry generally
experiences lower revenues in the first and third quarters of the year and higher revenues in the fourth quarter. Our revenue has historically been impacted by these
industry trends. Further, the impact of the buying patterns and implant volumes of hospitals and medical facilities, and third-party distributors may vary, and as a
result could have an effect on our revenue from quarter to quarter. The normal seasonal fluctuations of our revenue have been disrupted by the COVID-19
pandemic, as we have seen significant fluctuations in our quarterly revenue based on current events directly caused by the pandemic. We have recorded revenue of
approximately $173.3 million, $263.5 million, $321.8 million, $326.0 million and $311.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and
2020, respectively, for sales in the United States. We anticipate that our total revenue will increase as we continue our commercialization in the United States.
Cost of Revenue
We utilize contract manufacturers for the production of Senza products. Cost of revenue consists primarily of acquisition costs of the components of Senza,
manufacturing overhead, royalty payments, scrap and inventory excess and obsolescence charges, as well as distribution-related expenses, such as logistics and
shipping costs, net of costs charged to customers.
81
We calculate gross margin as revenue less cost of revenue divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of
factors, but primarily by our average sales price and the costs to have our products manufactured. While costs are primarily incurred in U.S. dollars, international
revenue may be impacted by the appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. dollar, which may impact our overall gross margin. Our gross margin is also affected by
our ability to reduce manufacturing costs as a percentage of revenue.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of R&D expense, and sales, general and administrative (SG&A) expense. Personnel costs are the most significant
component of operating expenses and consist primarily of salaries, bonus incentives, benefits, stock-based compensation and sales commissions.
Research and Development. R&D costs are expensed as incurred. R&D expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits
and stock-based compensation expenses for our R&D employees. R&D expense also includes costs associated with product design efforts, development
prototypes, testing, clinical trial programs and regulatory activities, contractors and consultants, equipment and software to support our development, facilities and
information technology. We expect product development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop product enhancements to Senza. Our
R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to the timing and extent of our R&D and clinical trial expenses.
Sales, General and Administrative. SG&A expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based
compensation expenses for our sales and marketing personnel, including sales commissions, and for administrative personnel that support our general operations,
such as information technology, executive management, financial accounting, customer service and human resources personnel. We expense commissions at the
time of the sale. SG&A expense also includes costs attributable to marketing, as well as travel, intellectual property and other legal fees, financial audit fees,
insurance, fees for other consulting services, depreciation and facilities.
We significantly increased the size of our sales presence worldwide during 2018 and 2019, and we have maintained the overall size of our sales
organization in 2020. In the last three years, we have increased marketing spending in order to generate additional sales opportunities. Additionally, we have made
substantial investments in our U.S. commercial infrastructure to support our commercialization efforts in the United States. We expect SG&A expenses to decrease
as a percent of revenue as we engage in activities that leverage our existing sales and marketing personnel to support the commercialization of our products in the
United States.
During 2018, 2019 and 2020, we had experienced significant legal expenses associated with our intellectual property litigation with Boston Scientific. We
anticipate significant continued expenses associated with these legal activities. Additionally, we continue to incur significant expenses related to audit, legal,
regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, including compliance under the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public company. Our
SG&A expense may fluctuate from period to period due to the seasonality of our revenue, the timing and extent of our SG&A expense, and the direct impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic on certain discretionary spend items such as travel and trade shows.
Interest Income and Interest Expense
Interest income consists primarily of interest income earned on our investments and interest expense consists of interest paid on our outstanding debt and
the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and the gains and losses from the remeasurement of
foreign-denominated balances to the U.S. dollar.
82
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business as well as states where we have
determined we have state nexus. We maintain a full valuation allowance for substantially all of our deferred tax assets including net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards and federal and state tax credits.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II,
Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
(in thousands)
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2020
Change
$
$
362,048 $
112,146
249,902 $
390,255 $
121,905
268,350 $
(28,207)
(9,759)
(18,448)
69%
69%
0%
Revenue. Revenue decreased to $362.0 million in 2020 from $390.3 million in 2019, a decrease of $28.2 million, or 7%. The decrease in revenue was a
result of a worldwide decline in procedure volume, as healthcare systems diverted resources to meet the increasing demands of managing COVID-19 pandemic
and as elective procedures were significantly limited and, in many places, halted entirely during portions of the year.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin. Cost of revenue decreased to $112.1 million in 2020 from $121.9 million in 2019, a decrease of $9.8
million, or 8%. This decrease was primarily due to a net $9.0 million decrease in the costs of manufactured product components, as well as a $1.1 million decrease
related to product accessories used as part of developing our operational infrastructure in the U.S. Gross profit decreased to $249.9 million in 2020 from $268.4
million in 2019, a decrease of $18.4 million, or 7%. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, remained steady at 69% in 2020 and 2019.
Operating Expenses
(in thousands)
Operating expenses:
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Amount
% of
Total
Revenue
Amount
% of
Total
Revenue
Change
Amount
$
$
45,600
267,154
312,754
13%
74%
86%
$
$
59,017
305,812
364,829
15%
78%
93%
$
$
(13,417)
(38,658)
(52,075)
Research and Development (R&D) Expenses. R&D expenses decreased to $45.6 million in 2020 from $59.0 million in 2019, a decrease of $13.4 million,
or 23%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in clinical and development expenses of $7.9 million, personnel and consulting costs of $3.0 million and
travel expenses of $1.9 million.
83
Sales, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses. SG&A expenses decreased to $267.2 million in 2020 from $305.8 million in 2019, a decrease of
$38.7 million, or 13%. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in personnel costs of $22.0 million, travel and training expenses of $10.9 million and
healthcare professional-related expenses of $7.8 million, which were partially offset by increased bad debt expense of $1.4 million and software expenses of $1.3
million.
Interest Income, Interest Expense, Other Income (Expense), Net, Loss on Extinguishment of Debt and Provision for Income Taxes
(in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net
Provision for income taxes
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2020
Change
$
2,956 $
(21,806)
(495)
868
6,020 $
(10,931)
(697)
1,599
(3,064)
(10,875)
202
(731)
Interest Income. Interest income decreased to $3.0 million in 2020 from $6.0 million in 2019, primarily as a result of a decrease in our investment yield
rate.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $21.8 million in 2020 from $10.9 million in 2019. We recorded $10.3 million of expenses related to the
interest and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs related to the 2025 Notes, which were issued in April 2020. There was also a $0.6 million
increase in the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs related to the 2021 Notes.
Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income (expense), net was primarily comprised of foreign currency transaction gains and losses, and the gains and
losses from the remeasurement of foreign-denominated balances. We recorded a net gain of $41,000 in 2020 and a net loss of $0.6 million in 2019 in relation to the
two items previously mentioned. Our remeasurement gains and losses are affected by changes in the foreign currency translation rates of the countries in which we
conduct business. Additionally, in 2020, we recorded a net expense of $0.4 million for the impairment charge related to the value of the right to acquire a privately-
held company.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $0.9 million in 2020 and $1.6 million in 2019. Our income tax expense is associated primarily with foreign
and state income taxes. We continue to generate tax losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have NOL carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We
have a full valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets. The change in income tax expense was primarily due to changes in foreign income taxes
on profits realized by our foreign subsidiaries.
Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations
Since our inception, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock, the issuance of common stock in our IPO in November
2014 and our underwritten public offering in June 2015, borrowings under our credit facility, which we have subsequently repaid, and the June 2016 issuance of
convertible senior notes due 2021. In April 2020, we completed a concurrent underwritten public offering of common stock and convertible senior notes due
2025. Our total net proceeds from these transactions, after giving effect to the note hedge transactions and warrant transactions and associated offering expense
was $313.3 million. At December 31, 2020, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $588.0 million. Based on our current operating plan, we
expect that our cash and cash equivalents on hand, together with the anticipated funds from the collection of our receivables, will be sufficient to fund our
operations through at least the next 12 months.
We expect to incur continued expenditures in the future in support of our commercial infrastructure and sales force. In addition, we intend to continue to
make investments in the further development of our Senza product platform and HF10 therapy for the treatment of other chronic pain conditions, including
ongoing R&D programs and conducting clinical trials. Further, we expect to expend significant cash resources pursuing and defending our ongoing intellectual
property lawsuits. In order to further enhance our R&D efforts, pursue product expansion
84
opportunities or acquire a new business or products that are complementary to our business, we may choose to raise additional funds.
We may continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available
to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital in the future could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our
business strategies. Should we choose to raise additional capital, the requirements will depend on many factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and any recession or other market correction resulting from the pandemic;
the costs related to the continued commercialization of our products in the United States and elsewhere, including product sales, marketing,
manufacturing and distribution;
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights, including, in particular, the costs of
enforcing our patent rights in the action we filed against Boston Scientific and in defending against Boston Scientific’s action against us;
the R&D activities we intend to undertake in order to expand the chronic pain indications and product enhancements that we intend to pursue;
whether or not we pursue acquisitions or investments in businesses, products or technologies that are complementary to our current business;
the degree and rate of market acceptance of our products in the United States and elsewhere;
changes or fluctuations in our inventory supply needs and forecasts of our supply needs;
costs related to the development of our internal manufacturing capabilities;
our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems;
our ability to hire additional personnel to support our operations as a public company; and
the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish a competitive position in the neuromodulation market by securing broad market acceptance of
our HF10 therapy and our Senza product platform for the treatment of chronic pain conditions. Any product we develop that achieves regulatory clearance or
approval will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally, which we believe
will intensify as we continue to commercialize in the United States. For example, our major competitors, Medtronic, Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories,
each have approved neuromodulation systems in at least the United States, Europe and Australia and have been established for several years. In addition to these
major competitors, we may also face competition from other emerging competitors and smaller companies with active neuromodulation system development
programs that may emerge in the future.
If we are unable to raise, or have access, to sufficient funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our commercial
development plans.
The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below:
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in)
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of exchange rate on cash flows
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
85
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
1,191 $
(369,868)
346,905
646
(21,126) $
$
(50,225) $
32,330
32,093
259
14,457 $
(5,708)
6,433
7,754
(258)
8,221
Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The
cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was affected by a decrease in prepaids and other assets of $7.5 million, a decrease in
accounts receivable of $3.4 million, and a decrease in inventory of $2.5 million, as well as non-cash stock based compensation expense of $42.7 million, non-cash
interest expense of $14.9 million, inventory write-down of $5.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $4.8 million, amortization of operating lease assets of
$3.4 million and provision of doubtful accounts of $2.2 million. These changes were offset by a net loss of $83.1 million for the year and a decrease in long term
liabilities of $2.4 million. Net cash used in operating activities were $50.2 million, and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively,
primarily due to the net losses during the periods of $103.7 million and $49.2 million, respectively. The cash used in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2019 was affected by an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million and an increase in prepaids and other assets of $3.2 million. These changes
were offset by a net increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $5.7 million and write-down of inventories of $1.5 million, as well as non-cash stock
based compensation expense of $41.7 million, non-cash interest expense of $7.9 million, depreciation and amortization of $4.6 million and amortization of
operating lease assets of $3.2 million. The cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was affected by an increase in accounts
receivable of $12.2 million and an increase in other assets of $2.6 million. These changes were offset by a net increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
of $4.9 million and a decrease in inventory of $3.8 million, as well as non-cash stock based compensation expense of $36.6 million, non-cash interest expense of
$7.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million and a write-down of inventory of $2.0 million.
Cash Used in Investing Activities. Investing activities consisted primarily of changes in investment balances, including purchases and maturities of short-
term investments, and purchases of property and equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we had net purchases from the sales and maturity of
investments of $371.3 million and purchases in property and equipment of $6.0 million, offset by the receipt of $7.5 million for the repayment of secured
convertible notes from a private company. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had net proceeds from the sales and maturity of investments of $43.3
million, offset by purchases in property and equipment of $3.5 million. Additionally, we purchased secured convertible notes totaling $7.5 million in the year
ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had net proceeds from the sales and maturity of investments of $14.7 million, which was
offset by purchases in property and equipment of $8.2 million.
Cash Provided by Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $346.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The majority of
this cash was from the proceeds of $183.6 million, net of issuance costs, from the 2025 Notes and the proceeds of $147.1 million, net of issuance costs, from the
concurrent public common stock offering. The cash received from these activities was offset by a net $17.5 million cost of convertible note hedge and warrant
transactions, which included the $52.4 million purchase of convertible note hedges and proceeds of $34.9 million related to the sale of warrants. Additionally, we
received cash of $33.6 million from the issuance of common stock to employees pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options and our employee stock
purchase plan, net of tax withholdings. Cash provided by financing activities was $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the cash
received from the issuance of common stock to employees of $35.2 million pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options and our employee stock purchase
plan, offset by $3.1 million for tax withholdings paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement. Cash provided by financing activities was $7.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to the cash received from the issuance of common stock to employees of $9.5 million pursuant to the exercise of
employee stock options and our employee stock purchase plan.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
We have lease obligations primarily consisting of operating leases for our principal offices, which expire as set forth below, and for our warehouse space
that expires in 2022. In 2020, we also entered into an operating lease for a manufacturing facility with a planned commencement date of April 2021 and a planned
expiration date of June 2031.
In March 2015, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 50,740 square feet of office space located in Redwood City, California for a period
beginning in June 2015 and ending in May 2022, with initial annual
86
payments of approximately $2.0 million, increasing to $2.4 million annually in the final year of the lease term. In December 2016, we entered into a first
amendment to the lease for an additional approximately 49,980 square feet of office space adjacent to the premises under the original lease (the Expansion
Premises) with initial annual payments of $1.2 million, increasing to $2.9 million in the final year of the amended lease term. The lease for the Expansion
Premises commenced on June 1, 2018. The first amendment also extends the lease term for the original premises to terminate on the same date as the amended
lease, which is May 31, 2025. In April 2017, we entered into a second amendment to the lease for a temporary space of approximately 8,171 square feet for a
period beginning in May 2017, and which ended on June 1, 2018, the Commencement Date of the Expansion Premises. See Note 7, Commitments and
Contingencies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
In August 2014, we entered into a facility lease for warehouse space beginning on August 21, 2014 through May 31, 2015. In March 2015, we extended
our warehouse lease through February 2017, at which time the lease terminated.
In February 2017, we entered into a separate non-cancellable facility lease for warehouse space beginning March 1, 2017 through February 28, 2022, under
which we are obligated to pay approximately $0.4 million in lease payments over the term of the lease.
In August 2020, we entered into a lease for approximately 35,411 square feet of manufacturing space to begin in April 2021 and to last through June 2031
at a facility in Costa Rica, under which we are obligated to pay approximately $3.9 million in lease payments over the term of the lease. We plan to use this facility
to build-out certain manufacturing capabilities so that we can vertically integrate the assembly of IPG’s, peripherals and various other manufacturing related
activities.
We have also entered into a service agreement for which we are committed to pay $2.5 million in each of the next four years over the term of the service
agreement, as well as a license agreement for which we are committed to pay $0.2 million over the remaining term of license agreement.
As of December 31, 2020, our contractual obligations related to the 2021 Notes are payments of interest and principal totaling $174.0 million due in June
2021. Our contractual obligations related to the 2025 Notes are payments of interest of $5.2 million due each year from 2021 through 2024, and payments of
interest and principal totaling $192.4 million due in 2025.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands), including the lease in Costa Rica with a planned
commencement date of April 2021:
Notes payable, including contractual interest
Lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Total
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Total
Less than 1 year
Payment date by period
1 to 3 years
(in thousands)
4 to 5 years
More than 5 years
$
$
387,241 $
28,004
10,228
425,473 $
179,228 $
5,253
2,607
187,088 $
10,436 $
11,510
5,114
27,060 $
197,577 $
8,861
2,507
208,945 $
—
2,380
—
2,380
Through December 31, 2020, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or
special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited
purposes. For information regarding indemnification obligations, refer to Note 7, Commitments and Contingencies, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
87
Segment Information
We have one primary business activity and operate as one reportable segment.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to limited market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate
sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to
fund our operations.
We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we maintain a portfolio of cash
equivalents and investments in a variety of securities of high credit quality. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $44.6 million,
consisting of cash and money market funds, and short-term investments of $543.4 million, consisting of agency bonds, commercial paper, corporate notes and
treasury bonds. We maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2020 and held cash in
foreign banks of approximately $17.6 million at December 31, 2020 that was not federally insured. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk
and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to
interest rate risk is not significant. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to
manage our interest rate risk exposure. A hypothetical 1% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
To date, a portion of our revenue and operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject
to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Australian dollar, the Euro and the United Kingdom pound sterling.
Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. As a
component of other income (expense), we recognized net foreign currency transaction gains of $41,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, and losses of $0.6
million and $0.9 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. A hypothetical 10% favorable or unfavorable change in the
weighted average foreign exchange rates for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have affected the Company’s net loss by approximately 3%. To date, we
have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the
risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.
We do not believe that inflation and change in prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated
financial statements.
See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on foreign currency
translation.
Market Risk and Market Interest Risk
In June 2016, we issued $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% convertible senior notes due 2021. In April 2020, we issued $189.8 million
aggregate principal amount of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025. The fair value of these convertible senior notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk
and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair value of the convertible senior notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will
generally decrease as our common stock price declines in value. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our convertible senior notes but do
not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation. Additionally, we carry the convertible senior
notes at face value less unamortized discount on our balance sheet, and we present the fair value for required disclosure purposes only.
88
See Note 8, Long-term Debt, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following consolidated financial statements, and the related notes thereto, of Nevro Corp. and the Report of the Company’s Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm are filed as a part of this Annual Report.
89
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nevro Corp.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nevro Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Controls and Procedures appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is
to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are
a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our
90
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for
our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical
audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Inventory Valuation -Excess and Obsolete Inventory
As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Management regularly
reviews inventory quantities compared to forecasted sales to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate. Inventory write downs are
recorded for excess and obsolete inventory. Management estimates forecasted sales considering product acceptance in the marketplace, customer demand,
historical sales, product obsolescence, and technological innovations. As of December 31, 2020, total inventories were $83.3 million.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to inventory valuation - excess and obsolete inventory is a critical audit
matter are the significant judgment by management to estimate the excess and obsolete inventory provision, related to an analysis of forecasted sales. This in turn
led to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to test management’s estimates about forecasted sales and in evaluating the
audit evidence obtained.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial
statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to inventory valuation and the excess and obsolete inventory provision,
including controls over development of the forecasted sales. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for estimating the excess
and obsolete inventory provision, including evaluating the appropriateness of the analysis of forecasted sales and testing the completeness, accuracy and relevance
of underlying data used in the analysis.
91
Evaluating management’s analysis of forecasted sales involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering
management’s forecasting accuracy and whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 24, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.
92
Nevro Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,000
and $797 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Other assets
Restricted cash
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Short-term debt
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Long-term operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; zero shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 290,000,000 shares authorized at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; 34,583,064 and 31,544,361
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss)
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
$
$
$
44,597 $
543,373
77,667
83,296
4,173
753,106
13,531
18,142
4,043
606
789,428 $
23,109 $
43,305
168,776
3,975
239,165
141,771
16,689
3,343
400,968
65,373
172,429
82,833
91,579
9,838
422,052
11,766
21,533
13,338
956
469,645
16,048
50,966
—
3,597
70,611
160,300
20,445
1,937
253,293
—
—
35
880,660
598
(492,833)
388,460
789,428 $
32
626,401
(313)
(409,768)
216,352
469,645
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
93
Nevro Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss:
Changes in foreign currency translation adjustment
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on short-term investments, net
Net change in other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares used to
compute basic and diluted net loss per share
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
362,048 $
112,146
249,902
390,255 $
121,905
268,350
45,600
267,154
312,754
(62,852)
2,956
(21,806)
(495)
(82,197)
868
(83,065)
59,017
305,812
364,829
(96,479)
6,020
(10,931)
(697)
(102,087)
1,599
(103,686)
991
(80)
911
(82,154) $
(2.47) $
449
315
764
(102,922) $
(3.37) $
$
$
387,289
113,965
273,324
48,459
266,608
315,067
(41,743)
4,871
(10,401)
(1,164)
(48,437)
768
(49,205)
(37)
202
165
(49,040)
(1.64)
33,677,641
30,803,872
30,051,961
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
94
Nevro Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
Common Stock
$
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
Balances at December 31, 2017
Adoption of accounting standard (Note 3)
Exercise of common stock options
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units
Shares withheld for tax obligations
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
Stock based compensation
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Balances at December 31, 2018
Exercise of common stock options
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units
Shares withheld for tax obligations
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
Stock based compensation
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Balances at December 31, 2019
Issuance of common stock upon underwritten public offering, net of issuance costs
Conversion feature of convertible senior notes due 2025, net of allocated costs
Purchase of bond hedges
Sales of warrants
Exercise of common stock options
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units
Shares withheld for tax obligations
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
Stock based compensation
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Balances at December 31, 2020
Shares
29,737,561
—
247,768
196,274
(28,107 )
110,040
—
—
—
30,263,536
828,722
325,839
(38,696 )
164,960
—
—
—
31,544,361
1,868,750
—
—
—
756,797
395,971
(62,782 )
79,967
—
—
—
34,583,064
Amount
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
32
2
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
35
$
$
$
508,228
—
3,976
—
(1,742 )
5,520
36,630
—
—
552,612
28,606
—
(3,057 )
6,544
41,696
—
—
626,401
147,142
48,340
(52,390 )
34,933
34,624
—
(8,564 )
7,513
42,661
—
—
880,660
(257,844 ) $
967
—
—
—
—
—
(49,205 )
—
(306,082 )
—
—
—
—
—
(103,686 )
—
(409,768 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(83,065 )
—
(492,833 ) $
(1,242 ) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
165
(1,077 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
764
(313 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
911
598
$
249,172
967
3,976
—
(1,742 )
5,520
36,630
(49,205 )
165
245,483
28,607
—
(3,057 )
6,545
41,696
(103,686 )
764
216,352
147,144
48,340
(52,390 )
34,933
34,625
—
(8,564 )
7,513
42,661
(83,065 )
911
388,460
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
95
Nevro Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of operating lease assets
Stock-based compensation expense
Accretion of discount on short-term investments
Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts
Write-down of inventory
Loss on disposal of equipment
Non-cash interest expense
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency transactions
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of short-term investments
Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments
Repayment from (investment in) private company
Purchases of property and equipment
Net cash provided by / (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in public offering, net
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
Convertible notes debt issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of warrants
Purchase of convertible note hedges
Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement
Proceeds from issuance of common stock to employees
Net cash provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest
Significant non-cash transactions
Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
(83,065) $
(103,686) $
(49,205)
4,794
3,392
42,655
320
2,165
5,366
12
14,946
(184)
3,369
2,523
5,666
1,802
7,678
(7,897)
(2,351)
1,191
(668,371)
297,028
7,500
(6,025)
(369,868)
147,144
189,750
(6,105)
34,933
(52,390)
(8,564)
42,137
346,905
646
(21,126)
4,563
3,237
41,697
(2,037)
(27)
1,456
—
7,912
(450)
(2,153)
(938)
(3,222)
514
(7,472)
13,205
(2,824)
(50,225)
(211,006)
254,308
(7,500)
(3,472)
32,330
—
—
—
—
—
(3,057)
35,150
32,093
259
14,457
66,329
45,203 $
51,872
66,329 $
1,307 $
5,555 $
1,338 $
3,019 $
3,887
—
36,637
(1,257)
(501)
2,005
—
7,382
1,188
(12,214)
3,846
(767)
(2,601)
5,170
(242)
964
(5,708)
(213,723)
228,373
—
(8,217)
6,433
—
—
—
—
—
(1,742)
9,496
7,754
(258)
8,221
43,651
51,872
1,847
3,019
850 $
285 $
245
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
96
Nevro Corp.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Formation and Business of the Company
The Company was incorporated in Minnesota on March 10, 2006 to manufacture and market innovative active implantable medical devices for the
treatment of neurological disorders initially focusing on the treatment of chronic pain. Subsequently, the Company was reincorporated in Delaware on October 4,
2006 and relocated to California.
Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred a net loss of $83.1 million. The
Company had also historically incurred negative cash flow from operations, until the year ended December 31, 2020, when it had $1.2 million of cash provided by
operations. At December 31, 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $492.8 million. The Company has financed operations to date primarily through
private placements of equity securities, borrowings under a debt agreement, the issuance of common stock in its November 2014 initial public offering, its June
2015 underwritten public offering and its June 2016 underwritten public offering of convertible senior notes due in 2021 (2021 Notes). Additionally, in April 2020,
the Company issued a total of $189.8 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2025 (2025 Notes). The total net proceeds from this debt
offering, after deducting initial purchase discounts and debt issuance costs, were approximately $183.6 million. Concurrent with this debt offering, the Company
also completed an underwritten public offering for 1,868,750 shares of its common stock, from which the Company received cash proceeds of $147.1 million, net
of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs. The Company’s ability to continue to meet its obligations and to achieve its business objectives for
the foreseeable future is dependent upon, amongst other things, generating sufficient revenues and its ability to continue to control expenses to meet its obligations
as they become due. Failure to increase sales of its products, manage discretionary expenditures or raise additional financing, if required, may adversely impact the
Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives.
Public Offerings
In June 2016, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 in a registered underwritten
public offering and an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment options of the
underwriters (the 2021 Notes). The interest rates are fixed at 1.75% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
commencing on December 1, 2016. The total net proceeds from the debt offering, after deducting transaction costs, were approximately $166.2 million.
In April 2020, the Company issued $165.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025 in a registered underwritten
public offering and an additional $24.8 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment options of the
underwriters (the 2025 Notes). The interest rates are fixed at 2.75% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year,
commencing on October 1, 2020. The total net proceeds from the debt offering, after deducting transaction costs, were approximately $183.6 million.
Concurrent with the 2025 Notes, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of its common stock and issued 1,868,750 shares of common
stock, including 243,750 shares issued pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The Company received
cash proceeds of approximately $147.1 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs paid by the Company.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP). The
consolidated financial statements include the Company’s accounts and those of its five wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.
97
Other Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is subject to risks related to the public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19, which has spread to most
countries and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact the Company’s
operations and revenues and overall financial condition by decreasing the number of Senza system procedures performed. Through December 31, 2020, the
number of Senza system procedures performed, similar to other elective surgical procedures, has decreased as health care organizations globally have prioritized
the treatment of patients with COVID-19 and as governments imposed restrictions on the performance of elective procedures. Additionally, overall patient
willingness to pursue elective procedures has decreased due to the pandemic. These measures and challenges may continue for the duration of the pandemic, which
is uncertain, and may reduce our revenue while the pandemic continues.
In addition, the Company is also subject to risks common to medical device companies, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations,
dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, product liability, manufacturing quality and scaling,
continued reimbursement from third-party payors, uncertainty of market acceptance of products and the need to obtain additional financing. The Company is
currently dependent on third-party suppliers, which, in some cases, are sole- or single-source suppliers. Although the Company is in the process of initiating the
development of internal manufacturing capabilities, it will remain dependent on third-party manufacturers until such internal manufacturing capabilities are fully
operational.
There can be no assurance that the Company’s products or services will continue to be accepted in its existing marketplaces, nor can there be any assurance
that any future products or services can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products
or services will be successfully marketed, if at all.
The Company may choose to raise additional funds to further enhance its research and development efforts, for product expansion opportunities or to
acquire a new business or products that are complementary to its business. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms
acceptable by the Company.
Segments
The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented
on a consolidated basis, accompanied only by information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial
performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for
levels or components below the consolidated unit level, other than revenue. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable and operating
segment structure. The Company and its Chief Executive Officer evaluate performance based primarily on revenue in the geographic locations in which the
Company operates.
Until 2015, the Company had derived most of its revenue from sales to customers in Australia and Europe. In May 2015, the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) approved the Company’s premarket approval (PMA) application to market Senza in the United States and the Company launched sales in
the United States in 2015. Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the customer. The United States is the only country that accounts for 10% or
more of the revenue during the periods presented:
United States
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
86%
84%
83%
Long-lived assets and operating income outside the United States are not material; therefore, disclosures have been limited to revenue.
98
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars (USD). Its foreign subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional
currency and maintain their records in the local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into USD using the current
exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated into USD using historical rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the
monthly average exchange rates during the period when the transaction occurs. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments from this process are
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses from the
remeasurement of assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting entity are recorded in other income (expense),
net. The Company recorded net unrealized foreign currency transaction gains of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, gains of $1.0 million
during the year ended December 31, 2019 and losses of $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, realized gains and losses resulting
from transactions denominated in currencies other than the local currency are recorded in other income (expense), net. The Company recorded realized foreign
currency transaction losses of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, losses of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 and losses
of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.
To the extent that the Company’s international operations grow, the effect of fluctuations in currency rates will become greater, and the Company will
continue to reassess its approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of the Company’s
international expansion. To date, the Company has not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts. Based on its current international structure, the
Company does not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting
estimates and management judgments reflected in the consolidated financial statements include items such as allowances for doubtful accounts; warranty
obligations; stock-based compensation; depreciation and amortization lives; inventory valuation; valuation of investments and accounting for income taxes.
Estimates are based on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions believed to be reasonable by management. Actual results may differ from
those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The majority
of the Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the United States in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintained investments in
money market funds that were not federally insured during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $17.6
million and $12.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, that was not federally insured. The Company has not experienced any losses on its
deposits of cash and cash equivalents.
The Company’s convertible note hedge transactions, entered into in connection with the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes, subject the Company to credit risk
such that the counterparties may be unable to fulfill the terms of the transactions. The associated risk is mitigated by limiting the counterparties to major financial
institutions.
In the international markets in which the Company participates, the Company uses both a direct sales force and distributors to sell its products, while in the
United States the Company generally utilizes a direct sales force. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of some of its direct customers and
distributors, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.
There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018. Additionally, there were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
99
Credit Losses
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit
Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces existing incurred loss impairment guidance and establishes a single
allowance framework for financial assets carried at amortized cost. The Company adopted Topic 326 on January 1, 2020, using a modified retrospective transition
method, which requires a cumulative-effect adjustment, if any, to the opening balance of retained earnings to be recognized on the date of adoption with prior
periods not restated. The Company did not have any cumulative-effect adjustments.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, short term investments, accounts receivable, accounts
payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash
equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds in the amount of $16.3 million and $52.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash equivalents were held in institutions in the United States and include deposits in a money
market fund which were unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 includes certificates of deposit of $0.6 million representing collateral for the Company’s Redwood City,
CA building lease pursuant to an agreement dated March 5, 2015. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2019 additionally includes certificates of deposit of $0.4
million collateralizing payment of charges related to the Company’s credit cards.
Investment Securities
The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale. The Company classifies these investment securities as short-term or long-term based
on the nature of the investment, its maturity date and its availability for use in current operations. Those investments with original maturities greater than three
months at the date of purchase and remaining maturities of less than 12 months are considered short-term investments. Those investments with remaining
maturities greater than 12 months are also classified as short-term investments as management considers them to be available for current operations if needed. The
Company’s investment securities are recorded at fair value based on the fair value hierarchy. Money market funds are classified within Level 1 of the fair value
hierarchy, and commercial paper and corporate notes are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Unrealized gains and losses, deemed temporary in
nature, are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding
establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Premiums (discounts) are amortized (accreted) over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using
the straight-line interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived
using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in, first-
out basis. Net realizable value is determined as the prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and
transportation. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities compared to forecasted sales to record a provision for excess and
100
obsolete inventory when appropriate. Inventory write-downs are recorded for excess and obsolete inventory. The Company estimates forecasted sales by
considering product acceptance in the marketplace, customer demand, historical sales, product obsolescence and technological innovations.
The Company’s policy is to write down inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected lower of cost or net
realizable value, and inventory in excess of expected requirements. The estimate of excess quantities is judgmental and primarily dependent on the Company’s
estimates of future demand for a particular product. If the estimate of future demand is inaccurate based on actual sales, the Company may increase the write-down
for excess inventory for that component and record a charge to inventory impairment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory on hand for potential excess amount over demand using the same lower
of cost or net realizable value approach as that has been used to value the inventory. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory quantities in consideration
of actual loss experience. As a result of these evaluations, for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized total write-downs of $5.4 million for its
inventories, of which $2.6 million was related inventory obsolescence and expiration. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized
total write-downs of $1.6 million and $2.0 million for its inventories. The Company’s estimation of the future demand for a particular component of the
Company’s products may vary and may result in changes in estimates in any particular period.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of revenue.
Revenue Recognition
The Company has revenue arrangements that generally consist of a single performance obligation, although, in some instances, revenue arrangements may
consist of two performance obligations. The Company recognizes revenue at the point in time when it transfers control of promised goods to its
customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration it expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods.
See Note 3 for further discussion on Revenue Recognition.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company makes estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable and provide an allowance for accounts receivable considered uncollectible based
on current expected credit losses. In doing so, the Company analyzes historical bad debt trends, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness, the age of the
receivable, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. For the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized bad debt expenses of $2.8 million, $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment, other than leasehold
improvements, is computed using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the life of the lease. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to
operations as incurred.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset
group might not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated
undiscounted future net
101
cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on
discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There were no impairment charges, or changes in estimated useful lives, recorded
through December 31, 2020.
Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. In estimating
future tax consequences, expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. To date, taxes paid have been predominantly due to
income taxes in foreign and state jurisdictions in which we conduct business. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a
tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their
technical merits, relative tax law, and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material
changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.
The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than
not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the
related tax authority. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. No interest or
penalties related to income taxes have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2018. A nominal amount of interest and penalties
have been recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in 2020 and 2019.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from distributions to stockholders. The
Company’s unrealized gains on short-term available-for-sale investment securities and foreign currency translation adjustments represent the components of other
comprehensive income (loss) that are excluded from the reported net loss and are presented in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses, including new product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical research, are charged to operations as
incurred in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Such costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation,
supplies, services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to investigative
sites, and other indirect costs.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718,
Compensation—Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value-based method, for costs related to all share-
based payments including stock options.
In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-09, Stock Compensation (Topic
718): Improvements to Employee Shared-Based Payment
102
Accounting, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2017. Under ASU 2016-09, entities are permitted to make an accounting policy election to either estimate
forfeitures on share-based payment awards, as previously required, or to recognize forfeitures as they occur. The Company has elected to continue to estimate
forfeitures expected to occur to determine the amount of compensation cost recognized in each period. ASU 2016-09 also requires that entities recognize, on a
prospective basis, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement as discrete items in the reporting period in
which they occur. Additionally, under ASU 2016-09, excess tax benefits are classified as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. The Company has
elected the presentation of excess tax benefits in the statement of cash flows using the prospective transition method.
The Company’s determination of the fair value of stock options, other than performance-based awards, on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, and is impacted by its common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables
include, but are not limited to, the expected term that options will remain outstanding, the expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option
awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.
The fair value of stock options is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award,
known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period), on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the
impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.
The Company estimates the fair value of the rights to purchase shares by employees under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan using the Black-Scholes
option pricing formula. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for consecutive six-month offering periods and the Company uses its own historical volatility
data in the valuation.
Equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustments as the
underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed when vested. The non-employee stock-based compensation
expense was not material for all periods presented.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation for the restricted stock units at their fair value, based on the closing market price of the Company’s
common stock on the grant date. These costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of four
years.
The Company also issues stock options and restricted stock units with vesting based upon achievement of specific operational performance criteria. The
fair value for these performance-based awards is recognized over the period during which the goals are to be achieved. Stock-based compensation expense
recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated probability that the goals would be achieved, which is assessed prior to the requisite service period for the
specific goals.
The Company additionally grants restricted stock units with vesting based on its stock price performance compared to a specified target composite index
over a certain period. The fair value of these grants is determined by using the Monte Carlo simulation model, which is based on a discounted cash flow approach,
and requires inputs such as expected volatility of our stock price, expected volatility of the targeted composite index, correlation between the changes in our stock
price and the target composite index, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The expected volatility of our stock and the target composite index is based on
the historical data. Correlation is based on the historical relationship between our stock price and the target composite index. The risk-free interest rate is based
upon the treasury yield consistent with the vesting term of the grant. The expected dividend yield is zero. Stock-based compensation for these restricted stock units
is recognized over the specified performance measurement period.
Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 as described above, excess tax benefits or deficiencies from share-based award activity are reflected in the consolidated
statements of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes, whereas they were previously recognized as additional paid-in capital.
103
Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period,
without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common
shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, restricted stock units, common stock
options and the conversion spread for the Company’s outstanding convertible senior notes are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the
Company has reported a net loss in all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU eliminates
certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of
deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences related to changes in ownership of equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries. ASU 2019-12 also
simplifies aspects of accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates, and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in
the tax basis of goodwill. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The
Company has not determined the potential effects of the guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging -
Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This ASU amends the guidance on convertible instruments and the derivatives scope exception for contracts
in an entity’s own equity. The ASU also modifies the impact on the diluted EPS calculations from particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may
be settled in cash or shares. The ASU is effective for public entities for annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect to early adopt this guidance and has not determined the potential effects of
the guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Revenue
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of the
Company’s goods to its customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring the goods.
For a majority of sales, where the Company’s sales representative delivers its product at the point of implantation at hospitals or medical facilities, the
Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the procedure and authorization, which represents the point in time when control transfers to the customers.
For the remaining sales, which are sent from the Company’s distribution centers directly to hospitals and medical facilities, as well as distributor sales,
where product is ordered in advance of an implantation, the transfer of control occurs at the time of shipment of the product. These customers are obligated to pay
within specified terms regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. The Company does not offer rights of return or price protection. To the extent the
Company has a post-delivery obligation, such as programming devices that have been delivered as part of a direct-ship order, the Company defers revenue and the
associated cost of goods sold associated with the post-delivery obligation only if the amounts are deemed material.
Sales, value add, and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue. The expected costs
associated with warranty obligations continue to be recognized as expense when the products are sold (see Note 7). The Company periodically provides incentive
offers, in the form of rebates, to customers based on their aggregate levels of purchases. Product revenue is recorded net of such incentive offers.
104
The following table presents revenue by geography, based on the billing address of the customer (in thousands):
United States
International
Total revenue
Practical Expedients and Exemptions
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
311,873 $
50,175
362,048 $
326,012 $
64,243
390,255 $
321,781
65,508
387,289
The Company recognizes revenue upon the transfer of control of the product and there are no material future performance obligations beyond such
transfer. As a result, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year
or less and (ii) contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. The Company does not capitalize
incremental costs when the amortization period of the asset is less than a year.
4. Lease Accounting
Adoption of ASC 842
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 842, Leases, which requires entities to recognize assets and liabilities for
leases with lease terms of more than 12 months on the balance sheet.
The Company adopted the new lease standard using the transition method that allowed entities to initially apply ASC 842 at the adoption date and
recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption (the optional transition method). The Company
elected the package of transitional practical expedients, such that, for leases existing prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company did not need to reassess
whether contracts are leases, retained historical lease classification and retained historical initial direct costs classification. The Company also elected the hindsight
practical expedient to determine the lease term for existing leases. Operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value
of minimum lease payments over the remaining lease term. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on information available when determining
the lease liabilities. Lease cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term.
Adoption of the new lease standard resulted in the recording of operating lease assets of $24.8 million and operating lease liabilities of $26.2 million. The
impact of the changes made to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2019 from the adoption of ASC 842 were as follows (in thousands):
Balance Sheet:
Operating lease assets
Other current liabilities
Long-term operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Balance at
December 31, 2018
Adjustments Due
to ASC 842
Balance at
January 1, 2019
$
— $
119
—
2,825
24,771 $
2,389
23,805
(1,423)
24,771
2,508
23,805
1,402
Excluding the lease in Costa Rica for which the planned commencement date is April 2021, the Company has operating leases for office space, warehouse,
research and development facilities and equipment. Leases with terms of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, as the related lease expenses are
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company accounts for lease components (such as fixed payments) separately from nonlease
components (such as common area expenses).
105
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has leases with remaining terms of 1 year to 4 years, some of which may include options to extend the lease term for up to
5 years.
The weighted average lease terms and discounts rates are as follows:
Operating Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted-average remaining lease term
Weighted-average discount rate
As of December 31, 2020, the maturity of lease liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2020
4.32 years
7.0%
2019
5.31 years
7.0%
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total lease payments
Less: Interest
Present value of lease liabilities
$
$
Operating Leases
5,073
5,258
5,522
5,688
2,399
23,940
(3,375)
20,565
Supplemental lease cost information are as follows (in thousands):
Operating lease cost
$
4,936 $
4,936
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Supplemental balance sheet information are as follows (in thousands):
Operating Leases:
Operating lease assets
Other current liabilities
Long term operating lease liabilities
Total operating lease liabilities
Supplemental cash flow information are as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
$
18,142 $
3,876 $
16,689
20,565 $
21,533
3,498
20,445
23,943
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flow from operating leases
$
4,923 $
3,970
See Note 7 for further details of the Company’s lease commitments.
5. Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure
fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
106
The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:
•
•
•
Level 1 — Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not
active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments
The Company’s cash equivalents includes investments in money market funds that are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. To value its money
market funds, the Company values the funds at $1 stable net asset value, which is the quoted price in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the
ability to access. The Company’s cash equivalents and short-term investments also includes commercial paper and corporate notes, which have been classified
within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because of the sufficient observable inputs for revaluation. The Company’s Level 2 investments are valued using third-
party pricing sources. The pricing services utilize industry standard valuation models, including both income and market-based approaches, for which all
significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, to estimate fair value. These inputs include reported trades of any broker/dealer quotes on the same or
similar investments, issuer credit spreads, benchmark investments, prepayment/default projections based on historical data and other observable inputs. The
following table sets forth the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy (in
thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Assets:
Money market funds (i)
Agency bonds (ii)
Commercial paper (ii)
Corporate notes (ii)
Treasury bonds (ii)
Total assets
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Assets:
Money market funds (i)
Agency bonds (ii)
Commercial paper (ii)
Corporate notes (ii)
Total assets
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
16,273 $
—
—
—
30,074
46,347 $
— $
210,302
277,602
25,395
—
513,299 $
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
16,273
210,302
277,602
25,395
30,074
559,646
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
52,359 $
—
—
—
52,359 $
— $
17,246
12,449
142,734
172,429 $
— $
—
—
—
— $
52,359
17,246
12,449
142,734
224,788
$
$
$
$
(i)
(ii)
Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.
Included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.
Convertible Senior Notes
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the 1.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 was $312.8 million and $232.6 million, respectively. As
of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025 was $348.1 million. The fair value was determined on the basis of market
prices observable for similar instruments and is considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
107
6. Balance Sheet Components
Investments
The fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents and short-term investments approximates their respective carrying amounts due to their short-term
maturity. The following is a summary of the gross unrealized gains and unrealized losses on the Company’s investment securities (in thousands):
Investment Securities
Agency bonds
Commercial paper
Corporate notes
Treasury bonds
Total securities
Investment Securities
Agency bonds
Commercial paper
Corporate notes
Total securities
December 31, 2020
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Aggregate
Fair Value
79 $
23
40
10
152 $
(2) $
(14)
(9)
—
(25) $
210,302
277,602
25,395
30,074
543,373
December 31, 2019
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
37 $
24
150
211 $
Aggregate
Fair Value
— $
— $
(4)
(4) $
17,246
12,449
142,734
172,429
Amortized
Cost
$
$
210,225 $
277,593
25,364
30,064
543,246 $
Amortized
Cost
$
$
17,209 $
12,425
142,588
172,222 $
Realized gains or losses from the sale of investments and other-than-temporary impairments, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in other
income (expense), net as incurred. The cost of securities sold was determined based on the specific identification method. The amount of realized gains and
realized losses on investments for the periods presented have not been material.
The amortized costs and estimated fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale securities by contractual maturities as of December 31, 2020 were as
follows (in thousands):
Amounts maturing within one year
Amounts after one year through five years
Total investment securities
Inventories (in thousands)
Raw materials
Finished goods
Total inventories
Amortized Cost
$
424,364 $
118,882
543,246 $
Fair Value
424,458
118,915
543,373
December 31,
2020
2019
34,405 $
48,891
83,296 $
26,354
65,225
91,579
$
$
$
108
Property and Equipment, Net (in thousands)
Laboratory equipment
Computer equipment and software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Construction in process
Total
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
7,072 $
12,671
3,918
4,289
3,354
31,304
(17,773)
13,531 $
5,733
9,909
3,898
4,226
1,006
24,772
(13,006)
11,766
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $4.8 million, $4.6 million and $3.9 million,
respectively.
Accrued Liabilities (in thousands)
Accrued payroll and related expenses
Accrued professional fees
Accrued taxes
Accrued clinical and research expenses
Accrued interest
Accrued warranty
Accrued other
Total accrued liabilities
7. Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
30,971 $
2,101
1,191
668
1,548
699
6,127
43,305 $
36,056
1,633
2,353
2,157
243
1,178
7,346
50,966
In March 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 50,740 square feet of office space located in Redwood City, California for a
period beginning in June 2015 through May 2022 with initial annual payments of approximately $2.0 million, increasing to $2.4 million annually during the final
year of the lease term. In December 2016, the Company entered into an amendment for an additional approximately 49,980 square feet of office space adjacent to
the premises under the original lease (the Expansion Premises), with initial annual payments of $1.2 million, increasing to $2.9 million in the final year of the
amended lease term. The lease for the Expansion Premises commenced on June 1, 2018. The amendment also extends the lease term for the original premises to
terminate on the same date as the amended lease, which is May 31, 2025. In April 2017, the Company entered into a second amendment to the lease for a
temporary space of 8,171 square feet for a period beginning in May 2017 and which ended on June 1, 2018, the Commencement Date of the Expansion Premises.
In August 2014, the Company entered into a new facility lease for warehouse space beginning on August 21, 2014 through May 31, 2015, under which it
was obligated to pay approximately $100,000 in lease payments over the term of the lease. In March 2015, the Company extended the warehouse lease through
February 2017 under which it was obligated to pay approximately $0.3 million in lease payments over the remaining term of the lease.
In February 2017, the Company entered into a separate non-cancellable facility lease for warehouse space beginning March 1, 2017 through February 28,
2022, under which the Company is obligated to pay approximately $0.4 million in lease payments over the term of the lease.
109
In August 2020, the Company entered into a lease for approximately 35,411 square feet of space for a manufacturing facility in Costa Rica to begin in
April 2021 and to last through June 2031, under which it is obligated to pay approximately $3.9 million in lease payments over the term of the lease. The
Company will classify and measure the lease on the commencement date in 2021.
See Note 4 for further discussion on Lease Accounting.
Warranty Obligations
The Company warrants that its products will operate substantially in conformity with product specifications and provides a limited one- to five-year
warranty. Activities related to warranty obligations were as follows (in thousands):
Beginning Balance
Provision for warranty
Utilization
Ending Balance
Supply Agreements
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
1,178 $
2,150
(2,629)
699 $
1,236
1,942
(2,000)
1,178
The Company has entered into supply agreements with certain of the Company’s suppliers that required certain minimum annual purchase agreements. As
of December 31, 2020, the Company had no minimum annual purchase commitments. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a charge of
$3.6 million related to the cancellation of firm purchase commitments for inventory related items.
The Company also entered into a service agreement in January 2020 for which it is committed to pay $2.5 million annually in each of the next four years.
License Agreements
In March 2006, the Company entered into an amended and restated license agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
(Mayo) and Venturi Group LLC (VGL), which provides the Company access to the certain know how and licensed patents owned by Mayo and VGL for treatment
of central, autonomic and peripheral nervous system disorders, including pain, using devices to modulate nerve signaling. The licenses granted are exclusive and
the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to expire patent application, unless terminated earlier. The agreement can be
terminated any time after three years from March 2006 by Mayo or VGL.
Per terms of the license, the Company is required to pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty will be
based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum royalty payment will be based on royalty periods
as defined in the agreement.
In March 2011, the Company entered into a Phase II License Agreement with Mayo which provides the Company access to the certain know how and
licensed patents owned by Mayo. The licenses granted are exclusive and the Company has the right to sub-license. The agreement will terminate upon the last to
expire patent application, unless terminated earlier.
110
Per terms of the license, the Company is required to:
•
•
Pay a retainer fee of $40,000 per annum starting March 2011 and ending February 2013;
Pay royalties based on the greater of earned royalty or minimum royalty. The earned royalty is based on a percentage of net sales of licensed
products either by the Company or the sub-licensee. The minimum annual royalty payment is $200,000.
Royalties paid during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $3.1 million, $3.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
In November 2014, the Company issued Mayo 20,833 shares of common stock owed in connection with the IPO pursuant to the terms of the license, and
recorded noncash research and development expense of $0.5 million for the fair value of the shares on the date of issuance.
In July 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement for which it is committed to pay $0.2 million over the remaining term of this license
agreement, which ends in 2022.
Contingent Consideration
In February 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a privately-held company to, among other things, provide the privately-held company
financing in the form of a secured convertible note. Through March 31, 2020, the Company has provided financing totaling $8.5 million in the form of two
secured convertible notes. The agreement additionally provides the Company with the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to acquire the privately-held
company. As of December 31, 2019, the value of the secured convertible notes, measured at amortized cost, was $7.9 million, while the value of certain rights in
relation to the agreement, measured at cost and monitored for impairment on an ongoing basis, was $1.0 million. These amounts are reported in Other Assets on
the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The accretion of amortized cost is recorded in Interest Income, while any changes in value from impairment
assessment are recorded in Other Income (Expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The Company concluded that the
privately-held company is a variable interest entity; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary as it does not retain power to direct the activities that
most significantly impact its economic performance.
In April 2020, the Company elected not to exercise its option to make a further investment in the privately-held company pursuant to the agreement. In
connection with this decision, the Company no longer has the exclusive right to acquire the privately-held company. In June 2020, the privately-held company
paid off the outstanding principal and accrued interest of its secured convertible notes in full. As a result of these two events, the Company recorded a net expense
of $0.4 million in Other Income (Expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income in the year ended December 31, 2020.
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business activities. The Company accrues a
liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. There have been no
contingent liabilities requiring accrual at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Indemnification
The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company
indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, including, among other
circumstances, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to the
Company’s technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company
could be required to make under these agreements is not
111
determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and
officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the
individual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited;
however, the Company has director and officer insurance coverage that reduces the Company’s exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any
future amounts paid. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is minimal.
The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. No liability associated with such
indemnifications has been recorded to date.
Legal Matters
On November 28, 2016, the Company filed a lawsuit for patent infringement against Boston Scientific Corporation and Boston Scientific Neuromodulation
Corporation (collectively, Boston Scientific). The lawsuit, filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the California Court), asserted that
Boston Scientific was infringing, or would soon begin infringing, seven of the Company’s patents covering inventions relating to the Senza system and HF10
therapy. The lawsuit sought preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against further infringement as well as damages and attorney’s fees. On July 24, 2018, the
California Court issued an order on claim construction and summary judgment. In the order, the California Court ruled that six asserted method claims in three of
the Company’s asserted patents were patent eligible and not invalid as indefinite. Collectively, the asserted claims cover methods for delivering SCS therapy at
frequencies between 1.5 kHz and 100 kHz.
The California Court, however, found that Boston Scientific was not currently infringing the six upheld method claims. Specifically, the California Court
found that Boston Scientific's sale of the Spectra WaveWriter systems for commercial use in the United States did not infringe the upheld method claims because
Boston Scientific modified the Spectra WaveWriter systems to prevent them from being programmed to generate signals above 1.2 kHz. With regard to the use of
the Spectra WaveWriter and the Precision with MultiWave systems in patients that had completed the ACCELERATE clinical trial, the California Court found
such use fell within the safe harbor provision of 35 U.S.C. § 271(e). The California Court further held that 35 U.S.C. § 271(f) did not apply to method claims, and
therefore the sale of the Precision with MultiWave systems in Europe does not infringe the upheld method claims. The California Court also found that the
asserted system claims in four of the Company's asserted patents were invalid as indefinite. As discussed below, the California Court’s finding of invalidity was
overturned by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the Federal Circuit).
On July 27, 2018, the parties submitted a joint statement to the California Court wherein Boston Scientific asserted that, with respect to whether any U.S.
launch of a high-rate product (such as the Precision with MultiWave and Spectra WaveWriter models used in the ACCELERATE study or any other system that is
programmable at any frequency in the range 1.5 to 100 kHz) was imminent, Boston Scientific had not decided whether to launch such a product; had not
established a timeline for when such a decision might be made, if ever; and had not determined what frequencies would be enabled if it were to decide to launch
such a product in the future. Boston Scientific further confirmed its public statements that the ACCELERATE study was extended into 2019, with an estimated
study completion date between April 2019 and November 2019. On the basis of the foregoing, the parties agreed to dismissal on ripeness grounds of the
Company’s declaratory judgment claims without prejudice, each side to bear its own fees and costs as to these claims, and jointly requested that the California
Court enter such a dismissal. The dismissal was thereafter entered as a court order on July 31, 2018. The Company and Boston Scientific each appealed portions of
the California Court’s July 24, 2018 ruling to the Federal Circuit. On April 9, 2020, the Federal Circuit returned its ruling, which vacated and remanded the
California Court’s judgment of invalidity. As a result of the Federal Circuit’s ruling, the system claims invalidated by the California Court were reinstated, and
thus all of the Company’s asserted claims remain valid and enforceable. The litigation was then remanded to the California Court for further proceedings.
However, on December 14, 2020, the parties agreed to the final dismissal
112
of all remaining claims before the California Court based on Boston Scientific’s assertion to the court that it still does not have any current plans to commercially
launch a high frequency SCS system in the United States. The California Court entered the agreed upon dismissal on December 16, 2020.
On December 9, 2016, Boston Scientific filed a patent infringement lawsuit alleging the Company’s manufacture, use and sale of the Senza system
infringes ten of Boston Scientific’s patents covering spinal cord stimulation technology related to stimulation leads, rechargeable batteries and telemetry (the
Delaware I litigation). The lawsuit, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, seeks unspecified damages and attorney’s fees, as well as
preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against further infringement. During this litigation, Boston Scientific unilaterally dismissed their assertions with regard
to two of the ten patents. In relation to this lawsuit, the Company filed petitions for inter partes review at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) against
all the eight remaining patents asserted by Boston Scientific. As a result of those petitions, in February 2019, all of the asserted claims of Boston Scientific’s U.S.
Patent Nos. 7,587,241 and 6,895,280 were found invalid by the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) at the USPTO. The invalidity of each of those patents was
later affirmed by the Federal Circuit on May 18, 2020 and May 29, 2020, respectively. This patent infringement lawsuit has been stayed pending completion of the
inter partes proceedings since June 2018. As of this time, the Company is unable to determine an outcome or potential range of loss.
On April 27, 2018, Boston Scientific filed a second patent lawsuit alleging patent infringement, trade secret misappropriation and tortious interference with
contract (the Delaware II litigation). The lawsuit, filed in the Delaware Court, seeks unspecified damages and attorney’s fees, as well as preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief against further infringement. In relation to the Delaware II litigation, the Company filed seven petitions for inter partes review at the PTAB
against seven of the nine patents asserted by Boston Scientific. In January 2020, the PTAB initiated inter partes reviews in all seven of the challenged patents in
the Delaware II litigation. As a result of those petitions, in January 2021, the PTAB invalidated all but two of the challenged Boston Scientific claims across the
seven inter partes reviews. The Company also filed counterclaims against Boston Scientific, alleging patent infringement of five Nevro patents. On June 22, 2020,
the Delaware Court issued an order effectively consolidating the four Boston Scientific patents from the Delaware I litigation with the Boston Scientific trade
secret misappropriation claims and Nevro’s five counterclaim patents from the Delaware II litigation. The consolidated litigation will proceed to trial scheduled
for October of 2021. The Boston Scientific patent infringement claims of U.S. Patent No. 6,895,280 and the other patents of the Delaware II litigation have been
stayed pending resolution of the inter partes reviews of the Delaware II litigation. As of this time, the Company is unable to determine an outcome or potential
range of loss.
On February 14, 2019, the Company filed a lawsuit for patent infringement against Stimwave Technologies, Inc. (Stimwave) in the Delaware Court
asserting that Stimwave was infringing the Company’s patents covering inventions related to its HF10 therapy and the Senza system, as well as a claim for false
advertising under the Lanham Action Section 43(a), 15 U.S.C. § 1125(a). In relation to this lawsuit, on July 24, 2019, the Delaware Court granted Nevro's motion
for preliminary injunction, and issued an order barring Stimwave, and all affiliated persons and entities, from infringing patent claims covering frequencies
between 3 kHz and 10 kHz. On February 27, 2020, the Company and Stimwave entered into a Settlement Agreement, in which Stimwave agreed to cease
commercialization of all high frequency spinal cord stimulation systems worldwide. Stimwave also agreed to entry of a permanent injunction in the Delaware
Court, under which Stimwave’s products will not deliver spinal cord stimulation therapy that includes pulse frequencies between 1,500 Hz and 100,000 Hz. The
permanent injunction was filed with the Delaware Court and entered on March 2, 2020. After the Delaware Court entered the permanent injunction, the case
(including Stimwave’s appeal of the preliminary injunction order) were dismissed. As part of the permanent injunction filing, Stimwave acknowledged the validity
of the patents Nevro asserted in the litigation. Per Nevro's request, the permanent injunction order does not enjoin Stimwave from providing follow-up care and
programming for any patients who were already programmed with high frequency therapy in the United States prior to March 6, 2020, and in the rest of the world
prior to April 30, 2020.
On February 28, 2020, the Company filed a lawsuit in the Delaware Court for patent infringement against Nalu Medical, Inc. (Nalu) asserting that Nalu is
infringing the Company’s patents covering inventions related to its HF10 therapy and the Senza system.
113
As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not record a liability, as an outcome or potential loss range for each of its legal matters cannot be reasonably
determined.
The Company is and may from time to time continue to be involved in various legal proceedings to defend its intellectual property, including several
pending European patent oppositions at the European Patent Office (EPO) initiated by the Company’s competitors Medtronic and Boston Scientific, and an
entitlement action filed by Boston Scientific in Germany. In addition, the Company is and may from time to time also be involved in various legal proceedings of
a character normally incident to the ordinary course of business, such as employment matters, product liability matters, and professional liability matters, which the
Company does not deem to be material to its business and consolidated financial statements at this stage.
8. Long-term Debt
2021 Notes and Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions
In June 2016, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% convertible senior notes due in June 2021 in a registered
underwritten public offering and an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment options
of the underwriters (the 2021 Notes). The interest rates are fixed at 1.75% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each
year, commencing on December 1, 2016. The total net proceeds from the debt offering, after deducting initial purchase discounts and debt issuance costs, were
approximately $166.2 million.
Each $1,000 principal amount of the 2021 Notes will initially be convertible into 10.3770 shares of the Company’s common stock, which is equivalent to
an initial conversion price of approximately $96.37 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. The 2021 Notes will be convertible at
the option of the holders at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding December 1, 2020, only under the following
circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the
last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days
ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading
day; (2) during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the measurement period) in which the trading price (as defined in the
indenture to the 2021 Notes) per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last
reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On
or after December 1, 2020 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their 2021
Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the
Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company undergoes a
fundamental change prior to the maturity date, holders of the notes may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a repurchase
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase
date. In addition, if specific corporate events occur prior to the applicable maturity date, the Company will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to
convert their notes in connection with such a corporate event in certain circumstances. It is the Company’s current intent and policy to settle conversions through
combination settlement with a specified dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of notes of $1,000. During the three months ended December 31, 2020, the
conditions allowing holders of the 2021 Notes to convert have been met. Further, the 2021 Notes became convertible at the option of the holders beginning on
December 1, 2020 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. As of December 31, 2020, the if-
converted value of the 2021 Notes exceeded the principal value of those notes by $137.4 million. As a result of the 2021 Notes maturing on June 1, 2021, its net
carrying amount was reclassified from long-term debt to short-term debt in the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheets during the three months ended
June 30, 2020.
In connection with the offering of the 2021 Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge transactions with certain bank counterparties in which
the Company has the option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain specified events) a total of approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company’s
common stock at a price of approximately $96.37 per share. The total cost of the convertible note hedge transactions was $45.1 million. In addition, the Company
sold warrants to certain bank counterparties whereby the holders of the warrants have the option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain specified
events) a total of approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock
114
at a price of $127.28 per share. The Company received $33.1 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants. Taken together, the purchase of the
convertible note hedges and the sale of warrants are intended to offset any actual dilution from the conversion of these notes and to effectively increase the overall
conversion price from $96.37 to $127.28 per share. As these transactions meet certain accounting criteria, the convertible note hedges and warrants are recorded in
stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives. The net cost of $12.0 million incurred in connection with the convertible note hedge and warrant
transactions was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet.
In accounting for the issuance of the convertible senior notes, the Company separated the 2021 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying
amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an associated convertible feature. The
carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was $32.9 million and was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability
component from the par value of the 2021 Notes. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.
The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (debt discount) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2021
Notes expense at an effective interest rate of 6.29% over the contractual terms of the notes.
In accounting for the debt issuance costs of $6.2 million related to the 2021 Notes, the Company allocated the total amount incurred to the liability and
equity components of the 2021 Notes based on their relative values. Issuance costs attributable to the liability component were $5.0 million and will be amortized
to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual terms of the 2021 Notes. Issuance costs attributable to the equity component were
netted with the equity component in stockholders’ equity.
The net carrying amount of the liability component of the 2021 Notes was as follows (in thousands):
Principal
Unamortized discount
Unamortized issuance cost
Net carrying amount
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
172,500 $
(3,182)
(542)
168,776 $
172,500
(10,462)
(1,738)
160,300
The net carrying amount of the equity component of the 2021 Notes was as follows (in thousands):
Debt discount related to value of conversion option
Debt issuance cost
Net carrying amount
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
32,945 $
(1,179)
31,766 $
32,945
(1,179)
31,766
2025 Notes and Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions
In April 2020, the Company issued $165.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.75% convertible senior notes due 2025 in a registered underwritten
public offering and an additional $24.8 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to underwriters’ exercise in full of their option to purchase
additional 2025 Notes. The interest rates are fixed at 2.75% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year,
commencing on October 1, 2020. The total net proceeds from the debt offering, after deducting initial purchase discounts and debt issuance costs, were
approximately $183.6 million.
Each $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes will initially be convertible into 9.5238 shares of the Company’s common stock, which is equivalent to an
initial conversion price of approximately $105.00 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. The 2025 Notes will be convertible at
the option of
115
the holders at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 1, 2024, only under the following circumstances:
(1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on June 30, 2020 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale
price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last
trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the
five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the measurement period) in which the trading price (as defined in the indenture to the 2025
Notes) per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the
Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after October 1, 2024
until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their 2025 Notes at any time,
regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock
or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change prior to the
maturity date, holders of the notes may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. In addition, if specific
corporate events occur prior to the applicable maturity date, the Company will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert their notes in
connection with such a corporate event in certain circumstances. During the three months ended December 31, 2020 the conditions allowing holders of the 2025
Notes to convert have been met. Therefore, the 2025 Notes may be converted during the three months ended March 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the if-
converted value of the 2025 Notes exceeded the principal value of those notes by $123.1 million.
In connection with the offering of the 2025 Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge transactions with certain bank counterparties in which
the Company has the option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain specified events) a total of approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company’s
common stock at a price of approximately $105.00 per share. The total cost of the convertible note hedge transactions was $52.4 million. In addition, the
Company sold warrants to certain bank counterparties whereby the holders of the warrants have the option to purchase initially (subject to adjustment for certain
specified events) a total of approximately 1.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $147.00 per share. The Company received $34.9 million
in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants. Taken together, the purchase of the convertible note hedges and the sale of warrants are intended to offset any
actual dilution from the conversion of these notes and to effectively increase the overall conversion price from $105.00 to $147.00 per share. As these transactions
meet certain accounting criteria, the convertible note hedges and warrants are recorded in stockholders’ equity and will not be subsequently remeasured as long as
they continue to meet the conditions for equity classification. The net cost of $17.5 million incurred in connection with the convertible note hedge and warrant
transactions was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet.
In accounting for the issuance of the convertible senior notes, the Company separated the 2025 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying
amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an associated convertible feature. The
carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was $49.9 million and was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability
component from the par value of the 2025 Notes. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.
The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (debt discount) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2025
Notes expense at an effective interest rate of 10.2% over the contractual terms of the notes.
In accounting for the debt issuance costs of $6.1 million related to the 2025 Notes, the Company allocated the total amount incurred to the liability and
equity components of the 2025 Notes based on the same proportion as the accounting for the proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes. Issuance costs
attributable to the liability component were $4.5 million and will be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual terms of
the 2025 Notes. Issuance costs attributable to the equity component were netted with the equity component in stockholders’ equity.
116
The net carrying amount of the liability component of the 2025 Notes was as follows (in thousands):
Principal
Unamortized discount
Unamortized issuance cost
Net carrying amount
The net carrying amount of the equity component of the 2025 Notes was as follows (in thousands):
Debt discount related to value of conversion option
Debt issuance cost
Net carrying amount
December 31,
2020
189,750
(43,919)
(4,060)
141,771
December 31,
2020
49,947
(1,607)
48,340
$
$
$
$
The following table sets forth the interest expense recognized related to the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Total interest expense
Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$
$
6,860 $
13,308
1,634
21,802 $
3,019 $
6,843
1,063
10,925 $
3,019
6,432
943
10,394
9. Convertible Preferred Stock
Prior to its initial public offering, the Company had outstanding 15,208,048 shares of convertible preferred stock. Each share of preferred stock was
convertible to one share of common stock. Upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering on November 11, 2014, all shares of outstanding redeemable
convertible preferred stock were automatically converted to 15,208,048 shares of the Company’s common stock.
10. Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2020 was as follows:
Outstanding stock options and restricted stock units
Reserved for grants of future stock options and restricted stock units
Reserved for employee stock purchase plan
Total common stock reserved for future issuance
Shares
1,865,164
4,921,925
1,397,121
8,184,210
Stock Plans
The Company’s Board of Directors (Board) and stockholders previously approved the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the 2007 Plan). In October 2014, the Board
adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the 2014 Plan and, together with the 2007 Plan, the Stock Plans). As of the effective date of the 2014 Plan, the
Company suspended the 2007 Plan and no additional awards may be granted under the 2007 Plan. Any shares of common stock covered by awards granted under
the 2007 Plan that terminate after the effective date of the 2014 Plan by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or other means without the issuance of such shares, will
be added to the 2014 Plan reserve.
117
Under the 2014 Plan, 1,854,166 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance, plus the number of shares remaining available for future
awards under the 2007 Plan, as of the pricing of the IPO. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan is subject to increase by (i) the
number of shares represented by awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the pricing date are not issued
under the 2007 Plan, and (ii) an annual increase on January 1 of each year.
Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant awards such as incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock units and stock
appreciation rights. Incentive stock options (ISO) may be granted only to Company employees (including directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock
options (NSO) may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants.
Stock Options
Options under the 2014 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the shares
on the date of grant as determined by the Board, provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO or an NSO granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than
110% of the estimated fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its
authorized shares. The vesting provisions of individual options vary but are generally over four years, with the exception of performance based stock options.
Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the Company granted performance based stock options to the Company’s former CEO in March 2016. This performance based
stock option award was subject to the CEO’s continued service to the Company through each applicable vesting date. Upon the former CEO’s resignation from the
Company in March 2019, the unvested shares subject to this award as of the separation date have been cancelled.
A summary of shares available for grant under the Stock Plans is as follows:
Balance at December 31, 2017
Additional shares reserved
Shares forfeited for tax
Options and restricted stock granted
Options and restricted stock cancelled
Balance at December 31, 2018
Additional shares reserved
Allowance for PSU for overperformance
Shares forfeited for tax
Options and restricted stock granted
Options and restricted stock cancelled
Balance at December 31, 2019
Additional shares reserved
Allowance for PSU for overperformance
Shares forfeited for tax
Options and restricted stock granted
Options and restricted stock cancelled
Balance at December 31, 2020
118
Shares Available
for Grant
2,466,246
1,189,502
28,107
(805,653)
102,560
2,980,762
1,210,541
(277,778)
38,696
(1,077,178)
527,963
3,403,006
1,261,774
(43,966)
62,782
(341,901)
258,486
4,600,181
A summary of stock option activity under the Stock Plans is as follows:
Options Outstanding
Number of
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020
Options vested, exercisable or expected to
vest as of December 31, 2020
Weighted Average
Remaining
Aggregate
Contractual Term Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
71,120
(in years)
7.3
$
2,559,972 $
236,900 $
(247,768) $
(19,364) $
2,529,740 $
244,075 $
(828,722) $
(298,908) $
1,646,185 $
(756,797) $
(76,238) $
813,150 $
580,551 $
43.62
47.96
16.05
44.70
46.72
56.71
34.52
66.22
50.80
45.75
59.38
54.69
54.10
797,931 $
54.67
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
15,468
21,866
42,695
109,870
62,367
96,286
69,088
94,495
6.7
6.3
5.9
5.1
5.9
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised is the difference between the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of
exercise and the exercise price for in-the-money options. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options is the difference between the closing price as of the
date outstanding and the exercise price of the underlying stock options. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $27.91 and $23.27 per share, respectively. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2020. The total fair
value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $6.6 million, $8.3 million and $14.0 million, respectively,
based on the grant date fair value.
The options outstanding and vested under the Stock Plans by exercise price, at December 31, 2020, were as follows:
Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Options Vested
Number
Exercisable
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Number
Outstanding
246,478
234,728
170,630
141,314
20,000
813,150
(in years)
5.35
5.94
7.81
4.61
5.62
5.92
$
$
$
$
$
$
29.61
54.28
65.12
80.46
97.52
54.69
180,476 $
183,764 $
75,867 $
120,444 $
20,000 $
580,551 $
25.24
55.41
65.44
80.96
97.52
54.10
Exercise Price
$1.44 — $18.00
$32.51 — $48.44
$49.94 — $63.23
$63.39 — $76.81
$84.30 — $97.52
$1.44 — $97.52
Restricted Stock Units
In 2015, the Company began granting restricted stock units (RSUs) under the 2014 Plan. Holders of RSUs do not have stockholder rights. Upon the
release of RSUs, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares. RSUs generally vest four years from the date of grant.
Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the Company granted performance based RSUs to the former CEO in March 2016. The performance based RSUs are subject to
the former CEO’s continued service to the Company through each applicable vesting date. If a performance metric is not met within the time limits specified in the
RSU agreement,
119
the shares subject to vesting under the vesting tranche for that performance metric will be cancelled. Upon the former CEO’s resignation from the Company in
March 2019, the unvested shares subject to this award as of the separation date have been cancelled.
In March 2019, the Company granted performance stock units (PSUs) to the current CEO, subject to his continued service to the company and based on the
total shareholder return (the TSR) of the Company’s common stock price compared to the S&P Healthcare Equipment Select Industry Index (the Index) over a
three-year period. The number of shares to be issued upon vesting of these PSUs range from 0 to 3.5 times the target number of shares granted, depending on the
Company’s performance against the targeted composite index.
In March 2020, the Company granted PSUs to certain members of the management team. The number of shares to be issued upon vesting was based on
the total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock compared to the Index, as well as certain performance criteria related to a specific financial target
over a two-year performance period. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company determined that the achievement status for these PSUs was not
possible, and therefore did not record stock-based compensation expenses related to these grants. During the three months ended June 30, 2020, the Company
modified the performance criteria for these PSUs to reflect the changed market conditions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, such that the remaining
performance criteria is based on total shareholder return compared to the Index. The Company also granted PSUs that incorporated the same modified
performance criteria to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer PSUs. Additional similar PSUs were issued to new members of management in the year ended
December 31, 2020.
A summary of PSU and RSU activity under the Stock Plans was as follows:
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock released
Restricted stock cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock released
Restricted stock cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock released
Restricted stock cancelled
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Restricted stock expected to vest as of
December 31, 2020
Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
720,840 $
568,753 $
(196,274) $
(83,196) $
1,010,123 $
833,103 $
(325,839) $
(229,055) $
1,288,332 $
341,901 $
(395,971) $
(182,248) $
1,052,014 $
78.26 $
68.09
77.43 $
81.73
72.41 $
59.56
70.69 $
70.23
64.92 $
124.64
66.42 $
71.64
82.60 $
49,767
968
39,284
4,064
151,431
23,789
182,103
965,047 $
82.14 $
167,050
The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs released is calculated using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of release. The
aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding RSUs is calculated based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of the date outstanding.
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In October 2014, the Board adopted the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). A total of 196,666 shares of common stock were initially
available for future issuance under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to an annual increase on January 1 of each year. The ESPP provides eligible
employees with an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, subject
to plan limitations. Under the ESPP, the purchase price of the Company stock is equal to 85% of the lower of its fair market value at the start and end of a six-
month purchase period.
120
A summary of ESPP activity was as follows:
Additional shares reserved
Shares issued
Shares available for future issuance
Employee contributions for shares issued (in thousands)
2020
315,443
79,967
1,397,121
December 31,
2019
302,635
164,960
1,161,645
$
7,513 $
6,544 $
2018
297,375
110,040
1,023,970
5,521
Employee Stock-Based Compensation
The Company estimated the fair value of stock options granted to employees and shares purchased by employees under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes
option valuation model. The fair value is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, with the exception of performance based
stock options whose fair value is recorded as expenses based on the probability that the performance metrics will be achieved. The following assumptions were
used in estimating the fair value:
Stock Options:
Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend Yield
ESPP:
Expected term (in years)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend Yield
2020
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.5
39% — 68%
0.1% — 0.2%
0%
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
5.7
51% — 52%
1.4% — 2.6%
0%
0.5
48% — 61%
1.6% — 2.4%
0%
5.5
44% — 51%
2.3% — 2.9%
0%
0.5
44% — 57%
2.1% — 2.5%
0%
Expected Term. The expected term of stock-based awards represents the weighted-average period that the stock-based awards are expected to remain
outstanding. The Company utilizes its own historical data for the calculation of expected term.
Expected Volatility. The Company incorporates its own stock trading volatility with those of its peer group for the calculation of volatility. In evaluating
similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes
with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the stock-based awards.
Dividend Rate. The expected dividend was assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to do so.
Expected Forfeiture Rate. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense
only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment
in the period that the estimates are revised.
The Company accounts for RSUs at their fair value, based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The fair value is
amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting term of four years.
121
In 2016, the Company granted performance based RSUs to its former CEO that only vest upon the achievement of specific operational performance
criteria. The stock-based compensation for these performance based RSUs are recognized as expenses when it is determined that achieving the performance
metrics are probable. Upon the former CEO’s resignation from the Company in March 2019, the unvested shares subject to this award as of the separation date
have been cancelled.
In connection with the former CEO’s resignation in March 2019, the Company amended the terms of his then vested nonqualified stock options such that
they remain exercisable through the second anniversary of his separation date. This modification resulted in a charge of $1.6 million in stock-based
compensation.
In 2019, the Company granted PSUs to its current CEO that only vest based on the total shareholder return (TSR) of the Company common stock price
relative to that of the Index.
In 2020, the Company PSUs to the CEO and other members of its management team that vest based on the total shareholder return of the Company
common stock price relative to that of the Index.
The company estimates the grant-date fair value of these PSUs based on the Monte Carlo simulation model and records the related stock-based
compensation over the period for which the TSR is measured against the Index, which is generally two to three years. The use of the Monte Carlo simulation
model requires the input the following assumptions:
Index volatility
Company volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Correlation with index
Dividend Yield
Years Ended December 31,
2020
44% — 51%
57% — 59%
0.1% — 0.2%
0.38 — 0.41
0%
2019
36%
45%
2.4%
0.28
0%
A summary of stock-based compensation expense by line items in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):
Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
$
2,433 $
6,141
34,081
42,655 $
3,061 $
6,323
32,313
41,697 $
2,656
5,871
28,110
36,637
A summary of pre-tax stock-based compensation expense by category was as follows (in thousands):
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Employee stock purchase plan
Total stock-based compensation expense
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
$
6,289 $
33,671
2,695
42,655 $
10,312 $
28,845
2,540
41,697 $
13,765
21,006
1,866
36,637
122
As of December 31, 2020, total stock-based compensation expense not yet recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, are as follows:
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Employee stock purchase plan
Unrecognized Weighted-Average
Compensation Amortization Period
(in thousands)
(in years)
$
6,727
63,361
1,145
2.0
2.0
0.4
11. Income Taxes
The components of the Company’s income / (loss) before income taxes were as follows:
Domestic
Foreign
Total loss before income taxes
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
(in thousands)
2018
$
$
(83,893) $
1,696
(82,197) $
(106,010) $
3,923
(102,087) $
(52,755)
4,318
(48,437)
The components of the expense / (benefit) for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current income tax expense / (benefit)
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred income tax expense / (benefit)
$
— $
188
656
844
—
—
24
24
(103) $
187
1,644
1,728
—
—
(129)
(129)
Total income tax expense / (benefit)
$
868 $
1,599 $
Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
Tax at statutory federal rate
State tax, net of federal benefit
Foreign rate differential
Tax credits
Stock-based compensation
Change in valuation allowance
Other
Total
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
21.0%
(0.2)%
(0.4)%
1.4%
9.8%
(33.6)%
0.9%
(1.1)%
21.0%
(0.1)%
(0.7)%
3.0%
3.8%
(26.4)%
(2.2)%
(1.6)%
123
—
220
1,477
1,697
—
—
(929)
(929)
768
21.0%
(0.4)%
(1.0)%
2.8%
2.0%
(21.2)%
(4.9)%
(1.7)%
The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credits
Depreciation
Stock-based compensation
Accruals and reserves
Right of use asset
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
$
December 31,
2020
2019
(in thousands)
127,347 $
18,919
662
7,390
9,531
5,055
869
169,773
(164,278)
5,495
(4,459)
(4,459)
94,680
17,095
463
9,372
9,569
5,887
1,096
138,162
(131,807)
6,355
(5,294)
(5,294)
Net deferred tax assets
$
1,036 $
1,061
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, substantially all of
the net deferred tax assets have been offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $32.5 million and $31.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of approximately $497.5 million, of which $238.5 million
was generated in fiscal year 2018 and thereafter, which can be carried forward indefinitely under the 2017 Tax Act, as well as state NOLs of approximately $272.8
million, of which $41.5 million may be carried forward indefinitely. If not utilized, the remaining federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2026, and the remaining
state NOLs will begin to expire in 2021.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $15.2 million and $10.2 million for federal
and California state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal credit carryforward begins expiring in 2026, and the state credits carry forward indefinitely.
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company’s ability to utilize NOLs or other tax attributes such as research tax
credits, in any taxable year may be limited if the Company experiences, or has experienced, a Section 382 “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change”
generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of the Company’s stock, increase their ownership by a greater than 50
percentage point change (by value) over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. As a result of the Company’s June 2015
underwritten public offering, the Company experienced a Section 382 “ownership change.” The Company currently estimates that this “ownership change” will
not inhibit its ability to utilize its NOLs. However, the Company may, in the future, experience one or more additional Section 382 “ownership changes” as a result
of subsequent changes in its stock ownership, some of which changes are outside the Company’s control. If so, the Company may not be able to utilize a material
portion of its NOLs and tax credits, even if the Company achieves profitability.
124
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits (UTBs) of approximately $8.2 million as of December 31, 2020. The following table summarizes the activity
related to UTBs (in thousands):
Balance at December 31, 2017
Increases related to current year tax provisions
Increases related to prior year tax provisions
Decreases related to prior year tax provisions
Balance at December 31, 2018
Increases related to current year tax provisions
Increases related to prior year tax provisions
Decreases related to prior year tax provisions
Balance at December 31, 2019
Increases related to current year tax provisions
Increases related to prior year tax provisions
Decreases related to prior year tax provisions
Balance at December 31, 2020
$
$
4,233
893
80
(6)
5,200
1,611
572
—
7,383
891
—
(54)
8,220
If these UTBs were recognized, approximately $8.2 million would affect the effective tax rate before consideration of the valuation allowance. The
Company files U.S. federal and state income tax and foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. The Company’s U.S. federal and the majority
of state tax years from inception in 2006 onward will remain open to examination due to the carryover of the unused NOLs and tax credits. The Company does not
have any material active tax audits or other proceedings pending, and believes it has provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits
that could result from federal, state and foreign tax audits. The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with
its uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months.
In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company is classifying interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. There was $0.1 million of
interest and penalties accrued at each of December 31, 2020 and 2019. There was no interest or penalties accrued at December 31, 2018.
12. Net Loss Per Share
The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Net loss
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and
diluted net loss per share
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
2020
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
(83,065) $
(103,686) $
(49,205)
33,677,641
30,803,872
30,051,961
$
(2.47) $
(3.37) $
(1.64)
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss
per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period,
determined using the treasury-stock method, if inclusion of these is dilutive. The conversion spread for the Company’s outstanding convertible senior notes will
have a dilutive impact on diluted net income per share of common stock when the average market price of the Company’s common stock for a given period
exceeds the conversion price of $96.37 per share for the 2021 Notes and $105.00 for the 2025 Notes. Although this condition was met in the three months ended
December 31, 2020, the Company excluded the potential shares issuable upon conversion of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes in the calculation of diluted earnings
per share, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive due to the net loss position of the Company during this period. In connection with the issuance of the
2021 Notes and 2025 Notes, the Company entered into convertible bond hedges. The convertible bond hedges are not included for purposes of calculating the
number of diluted shares outstanding, as their effect would be anti-dilutive. The convertible bond hedges are generally expected, but not guaranteed, to reduce the
potential dilution and/or offset the cash payments the Company is required to make upon conversion of the 2021 Notes and 2025 Notes. Because the Company has
reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.
125
The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares
outstanding:
Unreleased restricted stock
Options to purchase common stock
Convertible senior notes
Warrants related to the issuance of convertible senior notes
Total
.
13. Employee Benefit Plan.
2020
1,052,014
813,150
3,597,174
3,597,174
9,059,512
December 31,
2019
1,288,332
1,646,185
1,790,033
1,790,033
6,514,583
2018
1,010,123
2,529,740
1,790,033
1,790,033
7,119,929
In 2007, the Company adopted a 401(K) plan for its employees whereby eligible employees may contribute up to the maximum amount permitted by the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In June 2016, the Company adopted a policy to match a portion of employee contributions for all qualified
employees participating in the 401(k) plan. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded expenses of $2.6 million, $3.1 million
and $2.5 million for matching contributions, respectively.
14. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Total revenue
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Shares used in computing net loss per common
share, basic and diluted
Total revenue
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Shares used in computing net loss per common
share, basic and diluted
Three Months Ended
December 31,
September 30,
2020
2020
June 30,
2020
March 31,
2020
(in thousands, except per share data)
$
$
$
$
$
109,731 $
78,028 $
(875) $
(7,129) $
(0.21) $
108,460 $
76,077 $
(3,549) $
(9,985) $
(0.29) $
56,390 $
35,250 $
(35,361) $
(41,063) $
(1.21) $
87,467
60,547
(23,067)
(24,888)
(0.78)
34,509,133
34,356,936
33,988,082
31,839,812
Three Months Ended
December 31,
September 30,
2019
2019
June 30,
2019
March 31,
2019
(in thousands, except per share data)
$
$
$
$
$
114,374 $
81,258 $
(11,681) $
(13,742) $
(0.44) $
100,162 $
69,940 $
(15,984) $
(17,847) $
(0.58) $
93,571 $
63,943 $
(26,560) $
(28,021) $
(0.91) $
82,148
53,209
(42,254)
(44,076)
(1.45)
31,233,416
30,929,938
30,677,567
30,363,623
126
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act) refers to controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our
management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their
objectives and our management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Our disclosure
controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of such date.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting
is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management
and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
Pertain to the maintenance of records that accurately and fairly reflect in reasonable detail the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our
company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management
and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurances regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have
a material adverse effect on our financial statements.
Our management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.
Management based its assessment on criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, management concluded that, as of
December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and
compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented
by collusion or
127
improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by
internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to
design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this Annual Report that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
128
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Executive Officers, Significant Employee and Non-Employee Directors of the Registrant
PART III
The information required by this Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Executive Officers,” “Election of
Directors”, “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement for our 2021
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or the Proxy Statement).
We have adopted a written code of conduct and ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer
or controller, or persons serving similar functions. The text of our code of business conduct and ethics has been posted on our website at http://www.nevro.com.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of the SEC Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of
Conduct by posting such information on our website at the website address specified above.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Executive
Compensation” and “Corporate Governance” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information”
and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm” that will be contained in the Proxy Statement.
129
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS and FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:
PART IV
1.
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Reference is made to the Index to consolidated financial statements of Nevro Corp. under Item 8 of Part II hereof.
2.
Financial Statement Schedule:
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 above.
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
Date
Number
Filed Herewith
3.
Exhibits
See Exhibit Index below.
Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nevro Corp.
3.1(b)
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Nevro Corp.
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nevro Corp.
3.2(b)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nevro Corp.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
Indenture, dated as of June 13, 2016, by and between the Company and
Wilmington Trust, National Association.
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 13, 2016, by and between
the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association.
Form of 1.75% Convertible Senior Note Due 2021.
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2020, by and
between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as
Trustee.
Form of 2.75% Convertible Senior Note Due 2025 (included in Exhibit
4.6).
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
S-1/A
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
11/12/2014
5/24/2019
11/12/2014
5/24/2019
10/27/2014
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
4/7/2020
4/7/2020
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.2
4.3
4.6
Description of Nevro Corp.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
10-K
2/25/2020
130
Exhibit
Number
10.1†
10.2(a)†
10.2(b)†
10.2(c)†
10.3(a)†
10.3(b)†
10.4(a)†
10.4(b)†
10.4(c)†
10.5(a)†
10.5(b)†
10.5(c)†
Exhibit Description
Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, by
and among the Company and Mayo Foundation for Medical Education
and Research, Venturi Group, LLC.
Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and
between the Company and Stellar Technologies, Inc.
First Amendment to Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of
July 1, 2014, by and between the Company and Stellar
Technologies, Inc.
Second Amendment to Stellar Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of
January 28, 2016, by and between the Company and Stellar
Technologies, Inc.
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
S-1/A
Date
10/15/2014
Number
10.1
Filed Herewith
S-1/A
10/15/2014
10.2(a)
S-1/A
10/15/2014
10.2(b)
10-K
2/29/2016
10.2(c)
Supply Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2014 by and between the
Company and Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc.
S-1/A
10/15/2014
Amendment to Supply Agreement, effective as of July 23, 2019, by and
between the Company and Pro-Tech Design and Manufacturing, Inc.
10-Q
8/5/2020
10.3
10.4
Supply Agreement, dated April 1, 2012, by and between the Company
and CCC del Uruguay S.A.
Amendment to Supply Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and
between the Company and CCC del Uruguay S.A.
Assignment, Assumption and Amendment to Supply Agreement,
effective as of December 31, 2019, by and between the Company,
Greatbatch Ltd. and Centro de Construccion de Cardioestimuladores del
Uruguay S.A.
S-1/A
10/15/2014
10.4(a)
S-1/A
10/15/2014
10.4(b)
10-Q
5/5/2020
10.10
Product Supply and Development Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2009,
by and between the Company and EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.
S-1/A
10/15/2014
10.5
First Amendment to the Product Supply and Development Agreement,
dated as of March 4, 2015, by and between the Company and
EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.
Second Amendment to the Product Supply and Development Agreement,
dated as of October 23, 2015, by and between the Company and
EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.
10-K
3/18/2015
10.5(b)
10-K
2/29/2016
10.5(c)
131
Exhibit
Number
10.5(d)
10.6(a)
10.6(b)
10.6(c)
10.7(a)
10.7(b)
10.7(c)
10.8(a)#
10.8(b)#
10.8(c)#
10.8(d)#
Exhibit Description
Third Amendment to the Product Supply and Development Agreement,
dated as of September 15, 2017, by and between the Company and
EaglePicher Medical Power LLC.
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated
February 8, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors listed
therein.
Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement,
dated March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the investors
listed therein.
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights
Agreement, dated October 24, 2014, by and among the Company and the
investors listed therein.
Multi-Tenant Space Lease, dated as of March 15, 2010, by and between
Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.
First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 18, 2012, by and
between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.
Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of February 18, 2015, by and
between Deerfield Campbell LLC and the Company.
Nevro Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended as of March 5,
2013.
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (ISO) under the 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan, as amended.
Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement (NSO) under the 2007
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
Form of Stock Purchase Right Grant Notice and Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.9(a)#
Nevro Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
10-Q
S-1
S-1
Date
11/6/2017
Number
10.1
Filed Herewith
10/03/2014
10.6(a)
10/03/2014
10.6(b)
S-1/A
11/04/14
10.6(c)
S-1
S-1
10/03/2014
10.7(a)
10/03/2014
10.7(b)
10-K
3/18/2015
10.7(c)
S-1
S-1
S-1
S-1
S-8
10/03/2014
10.8(a)
10/03/2014
10.8(b)
10/03/2014
10.8(c)
10/03/2014
10.8(d)
11/12/2014
10/10/2014
99.2(a)
10.9(b)
10.9(b)#
10.9(c)#
10.9(d)#
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under
the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
S-1/A
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement and Restricted Stock Award
Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
S-1/A
10/10/2014
10.9(c)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and Restricted Stock
Unit Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
S-1/A
10/10/2014
10.9(d)
132
Exhibit
Number
10.9(e)#
Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement and Performance Stock
Award Grant Notice under the 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan.
Exhibit Description
10.10#
Nevro Corp. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.11#
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
10.12#
Amended and Restated Company Bonus Plan.
10.12(b)#
Second Amended and Restated Company Bonus Plan.
10.13#
10.14#
10.15#
10.16(a)
10.16(b)
10.16(c)
Nevro Corp. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program, as
amended.
Employment Agreement by and between D. Keith Grossman and the
Company, effective as of March 19, 2019.
Offer Letter, dated as of May 5, 2020, by and between Roderick H.
MacLeod and the Company.
Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated February 8,
2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed therein.
Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated
March 5, 2013, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed
therein.
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement,
dated October 24, 2014, by and among the Company and the investors
listed therein.
10.17(a)#
Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance
Agreement for certain executive officers.
10.17(b)#
Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated
as of July 22, 2019, by and between Patrick Schmitz and the Company.
10.17(c)#
Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated
as of August 3, 2016, by and between Christofer Christoforou and the
Company.
10.17(d)#
Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated
as of July 22, 2019, by and between Kashif Rashid and the Company.
10.17(e)#
10.17(f)#
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated as of September 16,
2019, by and between Niamh Pellegrini and the Company.
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2020, by
and between Roderick H. MacLeod and the Company.
133
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
10-Q
S-8
S-1/A
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
S-1
S-1
Date
5/5/2020
Number
10.1
Filed Herewith
11/12/2014
10/10/2014
5/7/2018
8/5/2020
8/8/2019
5/9/2019
8/5/2020
99.3
10.11
10.1
10.1
10.2
10.1
10.2
10/03/2014
10.15(a)
10/03/2014
10.15(b)
S-1/A
11/04/14
10.18(c)
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
5/9/2016
11/6/2019
10.4
10.3
2/22/2018
10.18(e)
11/6/2019
10.2
2/25/2020
10.18(g)
8/5/2020
10.3
Exhibit
Number
10.18(a)†
10.18(b)†
10.18(c)†
10.19(a)
10.19(b)
10.19(c)
10.19(d)
10.20#
10.21(a)†
10.21(b)†
10.21(c)†
Exhibit Description
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
Date
Number
Filed Herewith
Supply Agreement, dated March 13, 2015, by and between the Company
and Centro de Construccion de Cardioestimuladores del Uruguay S.A.
10-K/A
5/29/2015
10.22
Supply Agreement, effective as of November 11, 2016, by and between
the Company and Centro de Construccion de Cardioestimuladores del
Uruguay S.A.
First Amendment to Supply Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2019,
by and between the Company and Centro de Construccion de
Cardioestimuladores del Uruguay S.A.
Lease Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2015, by and between the
Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.
First Amendment to Lease, effective as of December 9, 2016, by and
between the Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.
Second Amendment to Lease, effective as of April 13, 2017, by and
between the Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.
Third Amendment to Lease, effective as of December 6, 2017, by and
between the Company and Westport Office Park, LLC.
Transition and Separation Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2020, by
and between the Company and Doug Alleavitch.
Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2015,
by and between the Company and Vention Medical Design and
Development, Inc.
First Amendment to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as
of September 30, 2017, by and between the Company and Vention
Medical Design and Development, Inc.
Second Amendment to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated
April 2018, by and between the Company and Nordson MEDICAL
Design and Development, Inc., fka Vention Medical Design and
Development, Inc.
10-K
2/23/2017
10.22(b)
10-Q
8/8/2019
10.3
10-K
10-K
10-Q
10-K
10-K
10-K
3/18/2015
10.23
2/23/2017
10.23(b)
8/7/2017
10.1
2/22/2018
10.21(d)
2/25/2020
10.21(b)
2/29/2016
10.25
10-Q
11/6/2017
10.2
10-Q
8/2/2018
10.2
10.22
Settlement Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and among Broadfin
Capital, LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein and the
Company.
8-K
3/20/2019
10.1
134
Exhibit
Number
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and the Company, regarding the Base Warrants.
Exhibit Description
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Bank of America, N.A.
and the Company, regarding the Base Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and the Company, regarding the Base Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and the Company, regarding the Base Call Option
Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Bank of America, N.A.
and the Company, regarding the Base Call Option Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2016, between Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and the Company, regarding the Base Call Option Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and the Company, regarding the Additional Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Bank of America, N.A.
and the Company, regarding the Additional Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and the Company, regarding the Additional Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and the Company, regarding the Additional Call Option
Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Bank of America, N.A.
and the Company, regarding the Additional Call Option Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated June 8, 2016, between Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and the Company, regarding the Additional Call Option Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated April 1, 2020, between Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC and Nevro Corp., regarding the Base Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated April 1, 2020, between Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC and Nevro Corp., regarding the Base Call Option Transaction.
135
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
8-K
Date
6/13/2016
Number
10.1
Filed Herewith
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
6/13/2016
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
6/13/2016
10.10
6/13/2016
10.11
6/13/2016
10.12
4/7/2020
4/7/2020
10.1
10.2
Exhibit
Number
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40
10.41
10.42
21.1
23.1
24.1
31.1
31.2
Letter Agreement, dated April 1, 2020, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and Nevro Corp., regarding the Base Warrants.
Exhibit Description
Letter Agreement, dated April 1, 2020, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and Nevro Corp., regarding the Base Call Option
Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated April 2, 2020, between Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC and Nevro Corp., regarding the Additional Call Option Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated April 2, 2020, between Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC and Nevro Corp., regarding the Additional Warrants.
Letter Agreement, dated April 2, 2020, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and Nevro Corp., regarding the Additional Call Option
Transaction.
Letter Agreement, dated April 2, 2020, between Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc and Nevro Corp., regarding the Additional Warrants.
List of Subsidiaries.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
136
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
Date
4/7/2020
Number
10.3
Filed Herewith
4/7/2020
10.4
4/7/2020
4/7/2020
4/7/2020
10.5
10.6
10.7
4/7/2020
10.8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
Incorporated
by
Reference
Form
Date
Number
Filed Herewith
X
104
†
#
**
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and
contained in Exhibit 101).
Confidential treatment has been granted for certain information contained in this exhibit. Such information
has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
The certification attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompanies this Form 10-K is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to
be incorporated by reference into any filing of Nevro Corp. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, whether made before or after the date of this Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
137
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
February 24, 2021:
NEVRO CORP.
By:
/s/ D. Keith Grossman
D. Keith Grossman
President and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of D. Keith Grossman and
Roderick H. MacLeod his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents
in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the date indicated opposite his/her name.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
/s/ D. KEITH GROSSMAN
D. Keith Grossman
/s/ RODERICK H. MACLEOD
Roderick H. MacLeod
/s/ MICHAEL DEMANE
Michael DeMane
/s/ FRANK FISCHER
Frank Fischer
/s/ SHAWN T MCCORMICK
Shawn T McCormick
/s/ KEVIN O’BOYLE
Kevin O’Boyle
/s/ KAREN PRANGE
Karen Prange
/s/ SUSAN E. SIEGEL
Susan E. Siegel
Title
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
Date
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
Lead Director
February 24, 2021
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
138
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
Signature
/s/ BRAD H. VALE
Brad H. Vale, Ph.D., D.V.M
/s/ ELIZABETH WEATHERMAN
Elizabeth Weatherman
Title
Director
Director
Date
February 24, 2021
February 24, 2021
139
Subsidiary
Nevro Medical Sarl
Nevro Medical Limited
Nevro Medical Pty Ltd.
Nevro Germany GmbH
Nevro Medical, S.R.L.
List of Subsidiaries of
Nevro Corp.
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Australia
Germany
Costa Rica
Exhibit 21.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Exhibit 23.1
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-237482 and 333-211864) and Form S-8
(Nos. 333-236632, 333-229778, 333-223159, 333-216206, 333-209816, 333-202857 and 333-200145) of Nevro Corp. of our report dated February
24, 2021 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this
Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 24, 2021
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)
Exhibit 31.1
I, D. Keith Grossman, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nevro Corp.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2021
/s/ D. Keith Grossman
D. Keith Grossman
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)
Exhibit 31.2
I, Roderick H. MacLeod, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nevro Corp.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2021
/s/ Roderick H. MacLeod
Roderick H. MacLeod
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report of Nevro Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “Report”), D. Keith Grossman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Roderick H. MacLeod, Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, respectively, do each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
•
•
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: February 24, 2021
/s/ D. Keith Grossman
D. Keith Grossman
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
/s/ Roderick H. MacLeod
Roderick H. MacLeod
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)